THE Compleat Gunner, IN THREE PARTS.

PART I. Shewing the Art of Founding and Casting Pieces of Ordnance, with the composition of Metal thereunto necessary.

The Composition and Matters of Gunpowders, the Several Sorts, Colours, and Operation.

PART II. Discovers the necessary Instruments, and variety of Instructions to the compleating of a Gunner, with a Table of Squares and Cubes serving for the Resolution of Questions of Gunnery and other Arts.

AS ALSO The way of taking Heights, Distances and Profundities, either with or without Instruments.

PART III. Shews the Nature of Fire-works, the manner of Composing many that are Excellent and Useful both for Sea and Land, for the defence of our selves as well as the offence of our Enemies.

Translated out of Casimir, Diego, Ʋffano, Hexam, and other Authors.

To which is added the Doctrine of Projects applyed to Gunnery by those late famous Authors Galilaeus and Torricellio, now rendred into English.

TOGETHER WITH Some Excellent Observations out of Mersennus and other famous Authors.

LONDON, Printed for Rob. Pawlet, Tho. Passinger, and Benj. Hurlock. 1672.

TO THE READER.

Courteous Reader,

AMong Arts and Sciences Mathematical Gun­nery will not deserve the least respect which has been practised for many years (as you may read in the first Chapter of this Book where we treat of its Original) and from time to time Necessity and Art together have produced many new Invention: so that some may judge it almost impossible to add more unto this Art; and are ready to say of this as of other Studies, Nil dictum quod non dictum prius. But we have not only indeavoured the inquisition into the most knowing Professors of these Arts both German, Italian, Frenchmen, Netherlander, &c. from whence we have drawn the more Excellent and useful parts which were never before in our English Tongue; but may boldly ad­venture to call some things in it new: And finding the great Occasion which these present times do require in the knowledge of these things made me the readier to compose this Work, adjudging it a very great in­jury to our Country-men to be deprived of the knowledge of such things which are of so great importance in this ve­ry juncture of time. I did therefore incourage my self in this Work, hoping my endeavours in the same will shew my willingness to serve my Countrey-men: And as it is the part [Page] of wise men not to censure any thing, without a good con­sideration and a perfect knowledge of the subject upon which they ought to ground their judgment: So also I hope you will not blame my Indeavours, when you have judicious­ly examined the same. I have divided it into three Parts, endeavouring that it might be imperfect in nothing that is necessary to this Art, or useful for a Gunner to know. I will assure you that I have no other end in publishing this Treatise, than what I have mentioned be­fore.

I shall only crave your pardon for the faults that may be committed in the Printing, as being not there present at the Correction of any part of it, my occasions calling me other wayes: yet I hope their care was so much that the faults are not material, or at most not so much but your Courtesie may supply that defect. So I recommend this Work to your good reception, and bid you farewell.

W. T.
THE Compleat Gunner. …

THE Compleat Gunner.

CHAP. I.

Treating of the Earth necessary in making of Molds for the Casting of Pieces of Ordnance, with the manner of Casting, &c.

WE will not dispute of the first Invention of Guns, that is, whe­ther it came from Archimedes, as the Italians do report, or from an Englishman, or from a Monk, for this knowledge matters not much to the Art, nor is it of any profitable signi­fication to the Artist; especially considering, that Authors do not really consent in this thing. Our intent is therefore not to trouble the ingenious Students with vain uncertain repeti­tions, but to composea compleat Piece of Gunnery, and there­in to discourse from the beginning to the end, all that is necessary to be known or learned (after the knowledge of common Arithmetick) by one that intends to be a perfect Pro [...]icient in the said Art. We do suppose it therefore necessary for a Ma­ster Gunner to know first the making of Molds and casting of Pieces. Therefore I shall first begin to discourse of the property and Nature of the Earth fit for casting, or making Molds; for this is of great moment, considering that many, or indeed most Earths are not for this purpose; for the Earth [...]t for the casting of Pieces of Ordnance must be such as will not be melted or fuse, although it be put into a very great fire, but must remain firm and hard: and these Earths are generally of a Red­dish, or Iron-like colour, which is well known to many Potters, especially such as make Chymical Vessels. The Earth being obtained, it must be sifted and cast up after the usual manner, as men do in the making of Morter; then let it be moistned with an Alchalated Water (especially such as is made of Niter) for that purpose, and make it like paste; then, as is usual, let it be beaten up strongly with an Iron Bar; the more 'tis beaten the better it is: in the beating add one sixt part of Horse dung, and a proportionable part of Flox or Hair, and let it again be well beaten and incor­porated, alwayes keeping a Moity of this Earth without Hair or Flox, which is for Ground-work; and these Compositions or Earth thus incorporated, you must reserve for the making your Molds for Pieces of Ordnance, according to the Rules prescribed in the next Chapter.

CHAP. II.

Of making Molds, and Casting Pieces of Ordnance, with the [...]ture of Metals, and allowance of Powder for proof.

AS a Master Builder when he intends the Building a Ship, makes first a Mold or Moddel of the same; so the Master Gunner, or he that takes in hand the business of Casting Guns, must have a form or Model of his Piece intended made of wood, or such other matter he may think most convenient, which then being brought to the Founder with an intent to be Cast, must first be smeered all over with Palm Oyle, or instead of that, our Lard or Hogs-grease, then first cover it over with the said earth thinly, and let it dry leisurely, then lay on more, encreasing it to such a thickness, as you may judge convenient for your purpose; and it must be so made that it may be taken into several parts, so that the pattern may be taken out, and the Mold again exactly closed, and the outside strengthned with Iron plates as long as the Chace of the Piece is, and hooped together with Iron hoops to knock on and off. Then must there be made (with the same earth upon a square Bar of Iron, bound round with a Cord that the clay may stick well) a form exactly round, of the fashion of the concave of your Piece (whether you intend it a Cylender or a Chamber­board Piece) proportioned both in length and diameter, and it must be placed exact [...]ly in the middle of the concave; and when all is well joyned together, be sure it be well pollished and smoothed, that the Metal may run the better, and be the clearer from flaws, holes, or clefts.

In the beginning of your work take care that your Mold be exactly propor­tionable as to heighth and substantialness of Metal, according to the nature of the Piece you intend. That is, the Canon double-fortified must be so cast that the Dia­meter at Muzzle be but [...] of the Diameter at Britch. The lesser Cannon at Britch to be [...] [...]o big as the greater Cannon 9/16 at Trunions, and [...] at Muzzle, whereas ordinary fortified Cannons have at the Touch-hole 7/8 at the Trunions 5/8 and at the Muzzle [...], all lesser Pieces in that kind have 18/1 [...] at the Touch-hole [...] at Trunions, and [...] at Muzzle; and the ordinary fortified Culverins are fortified every way like the double fortified Cannon, and the lesser Culverin like the ordinary fortified Cannon in all respects.

Great care must be taken in the Casting of Pieces of Ordnance, that they be equal every way in proportion of Metals, that is, that the Cylender be in the very middle of the Metal, that it may be truely bored, otherwise your Piece will fail the Artist that shall use it, until the error be known.

In the next place let the Trunions be exactly placed in a Diagonal line with the Axis of the Piece; and they may be placed in their proper distance from the Muzzle and Britch, if you observe these Rules. Take the length of the bore of the Piece from Muzzle to Britch, divide that measure by seven, and multiply that sum that cometh of the Quotient by three, the Product will shew you how many inches the Trunions must stand from the lowest part of the concavity of the Piece.

And farther note, that the Trunions ought to be placed so, as [...] of the Circum­ference of the Piece, may be seen in that place where the Trunions are set.

When all additional Patterns, as Britch, &c. be made and Luted in their proper place, all things at pleasure being neatly added to the pattern, let the Mold then be fixt or placed so as is most convenient for the pouring in the Metal; so when [Page 3] the Metal is cast, the perfect impression will be made upon the superficial part of the Piece, and the Cylender will keep the bore proposed according to what you have prescribed, the length of the Piece and its Diameter of the bore may be found by the following Table in the next Chapter. For the Metals generally used for those Guns, generally called brass Guns, they are mixtures, and many times varied as experience will give leave. Some of the chiefest do approve of this mix­ture, that is, to every hundred Weight of Copper 24 pounds of Tin, and 6 pounds of Lattin. Others to 100l. of Copper, add 8 l. of Tin, and 10 l. of Lattin. Others to ever 100l. add 20l. of Bell-Metal, which is 25l. of Lead and Tin to every 100l. of of Copper. Some add Tin, Lead, Copper, and Lapis Calaminaris together; so every one follows such wayes of Composition as doth most please his own Experience. The Copper and other better Metals being once melted, the Tin and Lead is added for the better and quicker fusion; and the higher the Metal is in fusion, the more solid and compact your Metal will run and settle. The Lattin doth incorporate and cause the Piece to be of a good colour, and the Tin doth strengthen and bind the other matters together. Now a Piece of Ordnance being Cast, before it comes to Service, it must be put to tryal; for which purpose there is used for proof, according to the weight of the shot, about two thirds, or four fifths of that weight in Powder, and for smaller Pieces more.

CHAP. III.

The Names of the principal Pieces of Ordnance used in England, their Weight, Length, Diameter of the Bore, Height and Weight of the Shot, allowance of Powder.

THe greatest in use is the Cannon Royal, which is in weight of Metal about 8000l. in length about 12 foot, carries a Shot of 7 [...] inch. Diameter, and its weight is 58l. of Iron, its bore is 8 inches, requireth for her charge in Powder, 32l. 8z.

Demi-Cannon of the greater size, called by some Cannon of Seven, whose weight of Metal is 7000l. in length about 12 foot, carrying a Shot of 6 [...] inch. Diameter, and its weight of Iron is 42l. 10z. the Diameter at bore is 7 inches, requireth for her charge in Powder 20l.

Demi-Cannon great size, it's weight of Metal is 6000l. in length about 12 foot, carrying a Shot of 61/4 inch. Diameter, and its weight in Iron is 34l. the Diameter at bore is 6 [...] inch▪ requireth for her charge of Cannon Powder 18l.

Demi-Cannon ordinary, its weight of Metal is 5600l. in length 11 foot, carrying a Shot of 6 [...] inch. Diameter, its weight in Iron is 32l. the Diameter at bore is 6 [...] inch. requireth for her charge in Powder 171/2 pounds.

The lowest Demi-Cannon, whose weight of Metal is 5400l. being in length some­time 10 and sometimes 12 foot, it carries a Shot of 6 inches, the weight of that Shot in Iron is 30l. the Diameter of the bore is 61/4 inch. it requireth for charge in Powder 14l.

Culverin of the largest size, weighs about 4800l. being in length 10 or 12▪ foot, it carries a Shot of 5 [...] inch. Diameter, the weight of that Shot in Iron is 20l. the Dia­meter of the bore is 6 [...] inch, it requireth for charge in Powder 12l. 8z.

Ordinary whole Culverin weighs about 4500 l. being in length about 12 foot, it carries a Shot of 5 inches Diameter, the weight of that Shot of Iron is about 17 l. Diameter at bore is 51/4 inch. it requireth for charge in Powder 11 l. 6 z.

Culverin of the least size, weighs about 4000 l. being in length about 12 foot, it carries a Shot of 4 [...] inch. Diameter, the weight of that Shot of Iron is 15 l. Diameter, at bore is 5 inch. charge of Powder is 10 l.

Demi-Culverin of the greatest size weighs about 3000 l. being in length 10 or 12 foot, carries a Shot of 4 [...] inch. Diameter, the weight of that Shot of Iron is 12 l. 11 z. Diameter of the bore 4 [...] inch. charge of Powder is 8 l. 12 z.

Demi-Culverin ordinary, weighs about 2700 l. being in length 10 or 12 foot, carries a Shot of 41/4 inch. Diameter, weight of that Shot of Iron is 10 l. 12 z. Diameter of the bore 41/2 inch. charge of Powder is 7 l. 4 z.

Demi-Culverin lower than ordinary, weighs about 2000 l. being in length 9 or 10 foot, carries a Shot of 4 inches Diameter, weight of that Shot 9 l. Diameter of the bore 4 [...] inch. charge of Powder is 6 l. 4 z.

Saker of the oldest sort, of 1800 l. weight, being in length 9 or 10 foot, carries a Shot of 33/4 inch. weight of that Shot 7 l. 5 z. Diameter at the bore 4 inches, charge of Powder 5 l.

Saker ordinary, of 1500 l. weight, in length about 9 foot, carries a Shot of 3 [...] inch. Diameter, weight of that Shot 6 l. 0 z. Diameter at the bore 33/4 inches, charge of Powder 4 l.

Saker of the lowest size, of 1400 l. weight, in length about 8 foot, carries a Shot of 31/4 inch. weight of that Shot 4 l. 12 z. Diameter at the bore 3 inches and a half, charge of Powder 3 l. 6 z.

Minion of the largest size, of 800 or 1000 l. length 8 foot, height of the Shot 3 inches, weight of the Shot 3 l. 2 z. height of the bore 3 inches, and one quarter, the charge of Powder, if of 800 l. two pounds and a [...]alf, if of 1000 l. three pounds and a quarter.

The ordinary Minion of 750 l. in length 7 foot, height of the Shot 3 [...] inch. weight of the Shot 3 l. 4 z. height of the bore 3 inches, charge of Powder 2 [...] pounds.

Faucons of 750 l. length 7 foot, height of the Shot 21/2 inch. weight 21/2 pounds, height of the bore 23/4 inch. charge in Powder 21/2 pounds.

Fauconet of 400 l. in length 6 foot, height of the Shot 2 [...] inch. weight 1 l. 5 z. height of the bore 21/4 inch. charge 1 l. 4 z. of Powder.

Rabnet of 300 l. length 5 foot, height of the Shot 1 [...] inch. weight 8 ounces of Iron, height of the bore 11/2 inch. charge of Powder 12 o [...]nces.

Base of 200 l. length 4 foot, height of Shot 11/2 inch, weight 5 ounces, height of the bore 1 [...] inch. charge of Powder 8 ounces.

There are other Pieces in use in our Nation, which are called Bastard Pieces; of which you shall have a particular account in its proper place.

CHAP. IV.

The Names of the Principal parts of a piece of Ordnance.

IT is necessary for him that intends to be a Gunner to understand, after the know­ledg of the Piece in general, to know and learn every part and member of a Piece of Ordnance; for well understanding the same take these Instructions following.

All the outside of the Piece round about is called the superficial part of the same, or Surface of the Piece; the Inner part is called the concave Cylinder, and Soul of the Piece.

The full length is called the Chase of the Piece; so much of the Cylinder or con­cave of the Piece as contains the powder and Shot is called the Chamber or charged Cylinder, the remaining part to the small end of the Gun is called the vacant Cylin­der.

The Spindle standing out, or Ears by which the Piece must hang in the Carriage, is called the Trunions; the space between the Trunions, the gravity of the Center.

The Pumel or Button at her Coyl or Britch-end is called the Casacabel or her Deck, the little hole the Touch-hole, all the metal behind the touch-hole the Breach or Coyl, the greatest ring at her touch-hole the Base Ring, the next ring or circle the reinforced Ring, the next the Trunion Rings, the next before the Trunions is called the Cornish Ring, the foremost next the Muzzle is called the Muzzle Ring, Lastly, all the rings, Circles, Eminencies, at her Muzzle, and so those behind the base Ring, are Frizes.

Let the Piece with its several names be placed by this Chapter. Fig. 1.

CHAP. V.

The Mounting of a Piece of Ordnance in its Carriage.

THe Gunners upon Land-Service, for the conveniency of mounting a piece of Ord­nance, that is by any means whatsoever dismounted, have for their principal Services, a Screw▪ and a Ghynne, and their appurtenances (which you will find in their proper place) by whose help they are able to mount a Piece, and place him in his Carriage, whereby he may be able to perform the work intended. Which to per­form artifi [...]ially, observe these Rules.

Before you endeavour to mount your Piece, above all things have a great and di­ligent care that the Ghynne be very firmly set, so that it may not slip any way; bu [...] so placed, that the Pully or Truckle coming down from the head, fall just between the Trunions, or gravity of the Piece, whereof to be assured you may let [...]all down from the head of the Ghynne a Plummet with a Line▪ or for want of a Plummet any stone made fa [...] to a Line, and so moving the Ghynne [...]til the said Plummet [...]all ju [...] upon the Center of Gravity, which is between the Ears of the Piece, that the met [...] may fa [...]l near equal, or that an easie hand may poize i [...]; and this care must be the more, if the Ground whereon the Ghynne stands be sandy or loose Ground, or [...] Earth be b [...]ggy soft, so that the feet may [...]il or sink in or give way▪ according [...] [Page 6] the greatness of the weight. For sometimes it may be necessary to put planks or some solid thing under the Ghynne and Pins to stay them; but this as necessity shall require.

Now the Ghynne firmly placed and setled, the Gunner must get up by the Ladder, or some Steps, to the head or top of it, having the Rope in his hand, shall put it through the uppermost truckle of the head, and let it fall down to another man again, that he may catch it, that he may put it through one side of the Piece to fas [...]en it into the Ears of the Piece, and so having put it through them he may draw it up, until he can give it him that is above, and then put it through the other hole of the Truckle, and give it to him that is under him, who must reach it again to him that is above, and so fasten it to the head of the Ghynne, giving it some turns until it come under the uppermost Truckle.

This done, he must fasten it with great diligence to the lower Truckle, by putting the Ears as through the Ring which is under the said Truckle; after this begin to Hoyse your Peice, and in the Hoysing put a spar or some such thing into the mouth of the Peice, so that thereby it may be governed, and may not sway from one side to the other, which would be dangerous; for if it should strike against the Rouler or any one of the feet of the Gynne, it may break all, and so spoil both the work and the men tending upon it. Therefore I say, be sure that those who stand by the Spar be careful in guiding the Piece and keeping it steddy and right, until the weight of the Piece is well setled, a diligent Eye being had all this while, that nei­ther the feet of the Gynne, nor Rope give way; and be sure every part of the Rope draw equal, and that there be no Knicks, or that they be not tangled one amongst another; and for that purpose, when they begin to hoyse the Piece, blows must be given upon the Tackling until it be set tort, and all bear equal.

But if you should perceive that the Ghynne or any part give way, presently let your Piece sink, and underlay and settle well the feet of the Ghynne, and that as gently as may be, to the end the Cross beam or Rouler may not be disjoyned or broken.

Then wind it up carefully and very gently by the help of two men onely, and in such a manner, as when one of the Leavers is brought down, it must be held there fast until the other has got purchase, and then must this other also be brought down; this must be reiterated so often until it be so high that the Carriage may be placed under it, so that the Trunions may fall into the Sockets, or holes of the Carriage, and then Guide the Piece by the Spar, so that it fa [...]l easily in, and so rest it self in the Carriage, and then let it be well clasped over, and then locked in and fastned with Forelocks, and so you may draw away your Piece where you please. On board Ships this Ghynne is not of use, it being the Boatswains business to fix a Tackle that may be able to hoist up any Piece into its Carriage, the Slings one part must come about the Casacabel, and the other part about a Billet, so made that it may fit in at the Muzzle, and by strength of hands, or by help of a Windless, or Capstain, it may be hoysed up so that the Carriage may be brought under; so that the Gun being Loared, its Trunions may fall in to the holes of the Carriage, which then clasp over with its Iron Clasps; let them be Forelocked, and then with Hand-Tackles be brought where you please.

See the Figure of the Gynne, and the Field, and Ship-Pieces mounted in the Figure 11.

CHAP. VI.

The way to draw a Piece of Ordnance, with the necessary things thereunto belonging both for Land and Sea.

SEeing we have discovered the way of Casting a Piece, and Mounting it in its Car­riage, it follows in the next place that in this Chapter we treat of, and shew the manner of drawing them from place to place, for Service; where care must be taken what the way is that you are to pass, for if the way be foul, moorish, and dirty, there is then required as many more Horses as in good wayes. That is,

For a whole Cannon of 8000 l. you may use 15 couple of Horses, besides the Tyllar.

For a Demi-Cannon of about 6000 l. you may use 11 couple of Horses, besides the Tyllar.

For a Piece of 4000 l. weight, you may use 8 couple of Horses, besides the Tyllar.

For a Field Piece of about 3000 l. use 6 couple of Horses, besides the Tyllar.

For a Saker of 1800 l. weight, you may use 4 couple of Horses, besides the Tyllar.

For a Piece of 1500 l. weight, you may use 3 couple of Horses, besides the Tyllar.

For a Faucon, two couple of Horses, besides the Tyllar. For a small Drake of about 250 l. one Horse will serve: and by the same Rule you may find how many Horses will draw any weight whatsoever.

Many times when Horses are wanting, men are made use of: Upon such occasions, you must divide your men into three drawing files, according to the greatness of the Piece; now to the end the Ranks may spread, and every man may draw equally alike, fasten to the end of the Carriage a Cross beam or bar, to which you must fasten the drawing Ropes, equally at such distance, that one may not impead the other, and let there be besure one to steer the Piece when you come to any winding or turn­ing. If the drawing Ropes be long, 'tis necessary to cross it with Ropes, or some light peeces of wood like a Ladder, with two or more cross peeces; let them be made fast for the better and more steady drawing, and to every there must be a Neck­line fastned to the Ropes, and so to cast over every mans Sholders, in manner as is used to draw our Western Barges: And you must know your proportion of men fit to draw any Piece of Ordnance, and that must be regulated according to the good­ness or badness of the way, and so more or less men, allowing every man to draw about 50, 60, or 80 pounds; for 'tis supposed a man may draw in ordinary way 50 or 60 pounds but in very good way more than 80 pounds, however 'tis good to have men enough. Let the Spunge, Ladle, &c. be made fast along the Piece to the Ring and Britch end. Sometimes by reason of the unevenness, steepness, or other defects of the way, it sometimes happens, that you may be forc'd to dis­mount your Piece, and remount it again; there 'tis necessary every Gunner have with him a Ghynne, a Wynche, and all appurtenances necessary thereunto. As to the Sea Gunner on board Ship, their occasions require no more than the Wynch; and their Piece being mounted according to the directions given in the former Chap­ter, then with one or two Tackles he bring the Piece to the place desired, where it ought to be well fastned in its place; for which purpose there is thereunto required Tack [...]es and Britchins; and in case of foul weather, or that any of the Gee [...] or Tackling be suspected, or by my much tumbling every thing hanging upon the Nail, for fear any Bolts should give way or draw, it i [...] usual to nail down to the [Page 8] Deck with Spikes, one Coyne behind each Truck, or at least the after Trucks, which to great Pieces are commonly dead Trucks; so that each Piece may have little or no play.

But in case any thing should give way in foul weather, then with all speed dismount the Piece as soon as possible you can, for fear of further mischief; for which purpose put in his way as he runs from side to side, Rugs, Pillows, Beds, &c, and stand ready with Crows and Handspikes, and with Tackles, to hitch or ketch him close and fast to any Ring by the Ship side, or such other place as best presents. As for the length of the Tackles useful, it is usually known thus; see how long the Piece is, and make the Tackles four times as long, and let the Britchin be twice the length of the Piece, and something more. The manner of drawing of Pieces by Man and Horse, you will see in the third Figure.

CHAP. VII.

To Grove or Examine the goodness of a Piece of Ordnance, whether it be Flawed, Hony-Combed, Crackt, Chamber-bor'd, &c. With the difference of Common, Legitimate, and Bastard Pieces.

IT remains necessary for this Chapter to treat, or shew the way to know, whether a Piece be serviceable or no, which is usually done in the first proof by Powder, which we intend not to Write of here, having mentioned it before, and more will be said, when we have shewed the composition of Powder. That knowledge of a Piece we here intend, is to examine a Piece, bought, or to be taken into Service, whether good or serviceable, or out of many Pieces to make choice of the best, or such as are freed from holes, flaws, cracks, honycombs, &c. And first to know if a Piece be free from crack, or have holes through, take a long stick, longer than the Piece, made of a Hoop-stick or otherwise, slit it at one end, so that you may put a short peece of Candle in it, then light the Candle, and put it into the Piece, and so putting it along easily, whilst another laying his Eye close to the Piece, do go along equally with the Candle, until the whole Piece be viewed, and so by help of the Light within side, the Eye without side will perceive whether there be any Flaws, Cracks, &c.

This may be done by the reflection of the Sun beams in at the Muzzle of a Piece, by help of a Looking-glass, or pollished Steel; but many times a Piece may be Flawed or Hony-combed, and cannot be discerned through the Piece, and then the best way to find them out is thus; make the usual search with two or three Springs, or in case you have them not, bend the Iron point of a Half Pike, then put it into the Piece up to the Britch end or bottom of the Cylinder, turning it round carefully and gradually, as you pluck it out, and if there be any Honey-combs, Cracks or Flawes, the end or bended point of the Half Pike wil [...] stick or catch at them.

To know whether the Piece be Chamber-bor'd, take a priming Iron that is small, or a piece of Wire, bend it a little at the end, but so that it may go down at the Touch-hole, and put it down so far as it will go; Then at the Touch-hole close by the Metal of the Piece, make a mark upon the Wire; then gently pluck it up upon one side of the Touch-hole, until the bended point stop upon the Metal or upper side of the Chamber; and then make another mark upon the Wyer, just by the Touch­hole; [Page 9] then draw out the Wyer, and the distance between these two marks, is the height of the Chamber or bore of the Piece at Britch: take the height of the bore at Muzzle, and if this height at Muzzle agree with that taken at the Britch of the Piece, then is the Piece full bored; but if they differ, so much as the difference is, sheweth the tapering of the Piece, and according to this must your former be made for your Cartredges. There is another way to know whether a Piece be Chamber­bor'd, or Tapering by the disparting of a Piece; which way we shall shew in its proper place, where we treat of disparting a Piece of Ordnance.

Now although we have mentioned in the former Chapters the most usual Pieces of Ordnance; yet, as I have said, there are other Pieces which are longer, or shorter, which are used, and are generally called by the name of Bastard Pieces, and they are distinguished from the common Legitimate Pieces thus; The Legitimate Pieces have their due length of Chance, and are proportioned according to the true height of their bore. Bastard Pieces are shorter Chases, such as the proportion of their bore doth require, and are therefore called Cuts of the same nature of the Piece they agree with in the bore; as those of Demi-Culverin bore, are called Demi-Culverin Cuts, &c. There are also Pieces called Extraordinary, which are such whose Chaces are longer than is usually for that bore.

Now we have well and duely understood how, not only to make, but also to exa­mine and prove a Piece of Ordnance, in the next place shall follow their use, set down in due order: Wherein first 'tis necessary for us to treat of the nature of Gun­powder, and its various Compositions, with the Materials necessary thereunto, and afterward shew its use.

CHAP. VIII.

Of the Materials used in the Composition of Gun­powder; and first we will treat of the Original of Salt-Peter.

IT is believed by many in these latter times, that the Salt-Peter now in use, is not the Niter of the Ancients, but a new Invention used or found out for the Com­position of Powder; And that theirs was only a Niter generated by nature, or that Salt that is coagulated of it self, without any humane Artifice, in the Caverns of the Earth, from whence they took it which nevertheless they divide into four different Species, to wit, Armenian, Affrican, Roman, and Egyptian; and this Egyptian holds its name by a certain Region in Egypt, in which is found great abundance. Serapian delivers to us, that the places from whence they drew their Niter were all one and the same, like them where common Salt is formed, in which the water running doth congeal, and condenseth like a vulgar Stone, from hence came it to be called stonified Salt, or Sal-Peter. The same Author doth a [...]irm, that Niter was found of divers colours, viz. White, Reddish, Livid, or Lead-like, and all other colours it was able to take; he saith likewise that it was found in different forms; for some was found full of holes or caverns like a Spunge; others on the contrary were firm, close, sollid, shining, and Diaphanous as Glass, which being let fall easily will split in thin leaves, and is fryable in beating; and from its various appearances is judged its manifold vertues, in one more powerful than another, which is known by its operation.

From hence we see that which is to be found from the testimony of the best received Authors about the Mineral Niter, and in none is any mention made of Artificial Salt-Peter, or such as we at present make use of generally, which is called properly Salt-Peter, Sal Nitre, or Halinitre; yet is there very little difference between the Natural that useth to be brought to us, and the Artificial; for if we compare the vertues and operations of the one, we shall find them in our uses no way d [...]ffering, as Scaliger testifies, saying that the ancient Niter is not much different from ours, particularly if we consider its tenuity and sub [...]il part.

There is of the ancient Niter found upon the superficies of old Walls, exposed to the humidity; but particularly in Cellars and deep Caves, and in covered Vaults; it resembles perfectly a certain Brine, or white Gelly, or fine Meal, or in more proper speaking, fine Sugar, and is many times white as Snow; and this thus had, the vertues are to be commended, which I my self have taken the pains to collect, in the imitation of many others which I have often seen; which if now it be desired to prepare this Salt according to the method of our Art; It will be congealed into small little long Christals like Isicles, and it will be like that of the Ancients. But as 'tis impossible to find so great a quantity, as the continual use doth consume, and necessity doth excite to this day for the supply of all Wars, which have been great, and in few years consumed many great and vast places of the Universe: We are therefore constrained to this new subject, and are forced even to study and invent in these latter ages a new way to supply the want of the former, which being made with much labour and industry from the bowels of the Earth, and then purified and washed divers times to separate it from its more gross and Terrestrial parts, and taken from its first crudity, that its may shew its likeness of its Mother, it is in the end perfectly purified and brought to such a height, that it differs nothing to he of the same form and vertue of the ancient Salt-Peter.

Wherefore if I may be admitted to speak my thoughts upon it, I shall say openly and plainly, leaving none in doubt, the Ancients did indeed find natural growing Niter, which came out of it self at the tops of Rocks, filling the clefts and holes, and there condensing into small Icicles, it hardnes and petrefies. This Niter is natural; but since Art is the Imitator of Nature, as 'tis allowed by all, then you may not think it strange, if we can by a little of her aid, and by force of industry, attain to the perfection of her productions; nay, (if I may be bold to say it) such as shall surpass by far, the more perfect of her works. Do we not daily see an infinite of very principal Works brought to light, after a long and painful travel, which is not per­mitted nature to imitate, although she did imploy at the best all her secret and full strength to come to perfection. It may from hence ▪herefore be concluded that our Salt made by the Art of Fire, is such as is every way agreeing with that of the Ancients, not any way differing one from the other; especially as to those uses we intend here. For if according to our method given in the next Chapter, I dare affirm, in all our uses it will truely imitate the natural, but the more, if it be purified and purged many times: So that at last it will come to be more excellent than the An­cient and natural Salt-Peter; which is plainly seen in the ordinary way of purifying Common Salt or Sugar, which by Art is so purged, that it comes to be far purer and whiter than 'twas before, in its first natural dress. And this we do suppose to be a sufficient argument, or reason, for us to judge that our Artificial Salt-Peter is not only as good, but far more excellent than the natural: Which being thus allowed, we will add only a few words of the properties of Niter, and so pass to its Artificial preparation. And first of the spetting quality and noise it makes in the fire, which Scaliger would have to be caused by its terrestrity that it holds in it self, which we cannot allow of, but rather judge otherwise; for if the Earthy part were the subject that made it make such noise, then the Earth it self might be adjudged to make a far greater noise, seeing it is also mixed with this Element, and yet we find it cracks not at all, being put in the fire; therefore by consequence this reason is void. Well then, is it of its rarity, which Aristotle calls [...] and [...], This cannot pass for a truth, since daily experience doth let us see that the Mushrooms, [Page 11] or Toad-stools, and many other things which are of a most rare thin nature, yet make no noise when put upon burning coals. Neither is the hardness that is joyned to these more subtil parts, the cause of the cracking; For we see that the Pumice-stone will not spet nor crack, nor make any noise in the fire, although it be of a substance sufficiently spungy and hard. There must therefore be another thing that must be the cause of this spetting, and all the noise that is made by Nitre, when it is embraced by the fire. The Divine Praeceptor, in the 11 Section of his Questions saith, that the Salt cracks in the fire, because it contains in it much moisture, which being attenuated by the fire, and rarified in a high degree, con­verts all into Spirits, and an Airy nature; For in it there is contained more of a Spirit, than watery matter, which being brought to the fire, the two fiery Spi­rits mutually attract each other, and joyning together, do become Master of the lesser part the Water; for the fire of the Niter being fortified and put into action by the common fire, the Water is constrained from its bonds, and can stay no longer there, but must of a suddain depart, and in its way, by the violency of its departure, overthroweth all such obstacles as come in its way: And in this action the external air being strongly and violently agitated, by their refraction, it breaks with impetuosity or great violence, and from thence by consequence follows that hideous and fearful noise which commonly and ordinarily happens, in the com­bustion of Salt-Peter, and other Compositions mixed with it, whereof Salt-Peter is the greatest part.

CHAP. IX.

The way of Preparing Salt-Peter from a Ni­trous Earth.

THe Earth and matter of Salt-Peter is found commonly in great abundance, in obscure shadowed places, where no Rain nor any fresh water doth penitrate, nor likewise where the Sun by his rayes can communicate his heat; it is likewise drawn from Horse dung under Stables, and from covered places where great and small Cattle are shut up; likewise in such places as men use to piss in, or Jaqueses, or the like places; or in places where has been made great Fights, or where has been laid up together many dead Bodies, and earth thrown upon them: For from thence in few years may much Salt-Peter be drawn. I shall declare three several wayes whereby to ground your judgment with more certaint [...], concerning the goodness of the place from whence one would draw the Salt-Peter, which is most necessary to be known by all Salt-Peter men, or such as intend to mannage these Affairs.

The first is, that such Earth as you suspect to hold Salt-Peter, be put upon the Tongue, and if it prick a little sharply, it is a most certain sign you will not loose your labour in taking it to task; but on the contrary if it be not biting, or a little corrosive, it will not well answer your money and labour in preparing of it.

The second way to know a good Nitrous Earth is this: make a hole in the Earth with a sharp pointed thing, either of Wood or Iron▪ and in it put a peece of Iron red hot; after having stopt the hole, let it stand until it be quite cold, then draw it out, and if you find a little after about this Iron some Citrine marks, inclining a little after to a whiteness, you need not doubt that earth; but further assure your self 'tis very good to put to work.

The third way is, throw a little of that Earth upon burning Coals, and if you perceive it make any noise, and that it spets in the fire, or that clear and shining sparks come from it, you may from thence judge that that Earth holds a forcible matter of that nature.

After you have found a proper Earth to draw Salt-Peter from, and that by some of these proofs you have testimony of its goodness and worth, let be taken of it a great quantity, or as much as you please; let it be carried to a place appointed for this purpose, then prepare to burn a good quantity of Wood, either of Oak, Ash, Elm, Maple, or other sorts of hard Wood, that you may have Ashes; then take two parts of these Ashes, one part of quick Lime, mix them well, and put this mixture by it self; for such uses as I shall shew you anon.

Take then Vessels of Wood, or Pipes, or Hogsheads cut in two parts, for they must be able to hold a good quantity of Water, make a hole at the bottom about one or two fingers breadth, put into the hole a small wicker thing, or you may whelm over it an Earthen Dish, after put Rushes all over the bottom (not excepting the hole) or in its place clean straw; this Vessel being thus fitted, dispose of it in this manner; Set it so, that under may stand a lesser Vessel of Wood to receive the Li­quor that shall distil down from the upper Vessel; after put into the upper Vessel about the height of a hand of this Salt-Peter Earth, which has been before for some time dryed in the Air; upon this Earth put the height of three or four fingers of the mixture made of Ashes and quick Lime, and then again of the Salt-Peter Earth, after of the Ashes about the same height as before; and continue this fashion, putting Earth upon Ashes, and Ashes upon Earth, until the Vessel be full within a hands breadth at the top, to hold the Water that is put in; this done put upon it fresh Water as much as shall be necessary, viz. so much as must surmount the Earth two or three fingers breadth, and look that it pass through all the Earth, and run drop by drop through the hole at bottom of the Vessel into the Tub standing under, and you shall have a Nitrous Lixivium, according to the quantity of Water as you poured into the Vessel; which if you judge is too little, you must reiterate the infusion, and the second time also the water passing through the Earth will carry with it a sub­stance; And so the third time.

This done, put all the Lixivium into a [...]ettle of a sufficient bigness, and let it be boyled upon the fire very easily, and moderately at first; after increase the fire to the consumption of the Liquor, or a little more, keeping continually skimming it all the time it boyls. And when 'tis thus consumed, pour it into wooden Vessels that are broad, and cover them over with Cloaths, and let them stand until the pure part Christalize into white Salt, and the feculent or more terrestial part settle to the bottom. In the mean time continue pouring in of the Lixivium again into the Kettle, boyling and skimming it as before; and this do until all your Lixivium be boyled up and poured into wooden Vessels to Christalize.

Then from the wooden Vessels, inclining them gently, pour all the Lixivium (leav­ing the settling at bottom by it self) into your Copper as before, and boyl it up again with a good fire until half be consumed, or until it begin to thicken, or until by putting a little upon a stone or peece of board, it do immediately congeal.

Then take it from the fire, and when 'tis a little cooled, pour it as before into wooden Vessels or Boles, and put into each about a hand in height; then cover each Vessel with course cloaths, put it into a cool place, and two or three dayes after you will find your Salt-Peter congealed and thrust together in small Christals, like transparent Ice, sticking to the sides of the Vessel, and likewise upon some sticks for that purpose, provided the rinds being taken off and placed in the wooden Vessels be­fore the pouring in of the Liquor; get diligently together the Peter, as well that which sticks to the sides of the Vessel, as that to the sticks, in a Vessel of wood proper to receive it, and cover it, and keep it dry. The remaining water you must boyl up as before, not forgetting to separate it from its residence.

Whilst 'tis boyling, it happens sometimes that the Liquor may rise and boyl over the Cauldron; to prevent that danger, have in readiness other Lixivium, made [Page 13] of three parts of Ashes, and one part of quick Lyme, as we spoke before, in which is dissolved Roch Allum, allowing to every hundred weight of Lixivium, four pounds of Allum; and when it begins to rise, pour in a little of this from time to time; And by this means you will see that the water that was hastning to come over, will fall down; and that the common Salt and more terrestrial part will settle to the bottom.

The Earth remaining in the Wooden Tubs from whence the salt was drawn, must be put in some cover'd place made for that purpose, where neither Sun, Rain, nor any other water may come; and there it must be spread all abroad about a foot high: Then you must have in readiness Horse dung or the Excrements of all sorts of Beasts, great and small, and put off this upon the other, about the height of three or four foot; then take all that was skum'd from the Lixivium in boyling, and the water that is left and will not shoot, and the bottoms that are left in the wooden Vessel, where the Salt-Peter did shoot, and throw them away, as hurtful and useless, upon the Dung­hil; throw likewise every day, or as often as you can, the Urine of men, and let it lye two years, and you shall have your Earth filled with Salt-Peter as before, with a greater aboundance: You may likewise throw upon your Dunghill, the Horns, Claws, and Hoofs of Beast, and then from this Earth it will be very easie to draw good Salt-Peter by the method we have prescribed.

CHAP. X.

To Clarifie and Refine Salt-Peter.

TAke as much Salt-Peter as you please, and being put in a Copper, pour upon it so much fair water as will dissolve it, that is about eight of Water, and three of Salt; and pour upon the same of the former Lixivium, prepared of Ashes, Quick-lyme, and Roch Allum; boyl it upon the fire until all the Salt-Peter be dis­solved; that being done, have in readiness a Vessel of Wood sufficiently big, and so disposed, that another may stand under the same: which must, before it be so set, be peirced in the middle, and the hole covered over with an Earthen Dish: Let the uppermost Tub be filled five or six inches with fine clean sand; then let the Tub be covered over with a course cloath, and pour through the same into your Sand-Tub your dissolved Salt-Peter, and so it will distil by little and little into the Vessel which stands under; and so passing through the Sand, it will be discharged of all its superfluities, and will leave the most terrestial part, and such as is useless, in the Sand, which water again put into the Cauldron, and boyl it up as formerly, until it may be fit to congeal, and in the end pour it into wooden long flat Vessels as before, and in two or three dayes 'twill be shot into Christals as formerly; which if you would have purer, you must reiterate this work once more, or you may put upon this Peter, Lyme-water, filter it and boyl it up according to Art, and it will be pure.

Salt-Peter may be purified thus; put your Salt-Peter in a Vessel of Copper, Iron, or Vernish't Earth (I like a Crucible best) which being put to a small fire, augment it gradually until all the Salt be melted and boyl'd; then take common Sulphur finely pulverised, and throw it upon the liquified Salt-Peter, which will quickly take fire and burn, and by the same means consume all the gross and viscous humours, with the terrestrial Salt remaining useless amongst the Salt-Peter, before the rectification; besides you may reiterate this work by putting on fresh Sulphur many times, until such time all the strange humours be quite consumed; in the end, the Salt-Peter being [Page 14] well melted and well purified, pour it upon well polished Marble or Plates of Iron, or Copper, or glazed Earth, and let it cool, and you will have a Salt-Peter con­gealed, almost resembling in colour and hardness the true Alabaster.

CHAP. XI.

How Salt-Peter Meal is made without any beat­ing, for the making of Gun-powder.

SAlt-Peter well purified, must be put in a Kettle, upon a furnace over a fire, then moderately increase the fire with Bellows to such a degree of heat, until it begin to smoak and evaporate, until the Salt begin to lose its humidity, and obtain a whiteness, and so keep continually stirring it with a wooden or Iron Ladle, for fear it should return into its pristine form, and hereby will be taken away all its fatty greasiness that may be commixt. This being done, pour so much water into the Kettle as will cover the Salt-Peter, and when it shall be dissolved, and it has obtained the consistence of a thick Liquor; then with a wooden stick or Ladle keep continually stirring it without any intermission, until all its humidity be evaporated, and all be reduced into most dry white Meal.

CHAP. XII.

To make Salt-Peter with the flower of Did Walls, of Caves, Cellars, Uaults, &c.

GAther together a good quantity of this Flower, which you may find upon the Surface of Old Walls, which are in moist places under the Earth; you may also make provision with a certain Salt which sticks to Lyme, or upon ruinated Walls; which Peter, one Sardi a Roman took notice of, was alwayes well practised at Bruxells in Brabant, as he confesseth in his fifth Book of Artillery, Chap. 49. First, see how much Salt-Peter matter you have; then take one fourth part so much of quick Lyme, pour upon it warm water, boyl it well, and clarifie it according to custom, then put your Salt-Peter matter into a Tub with a tap in it, and a little Earthen Dish before the hole of the tap within, pour into this Tub the Lye, and stir it well with a stick until all the Salt Peter be dissolved in the Water; then let it distil leisurely into a Vessel that stands under the tap; and at last being all dissolved and run out, put this water into a Kettle, and boyl it over the fire, until so much be con­sumed, that the remainder being dropped upon a Tyle-stone or Board, do congeal, and be of hardness, but not too hard; for if it be very hard, the water is burnt; but if too soft, not enough. When 'tis well boyled and scummed, take it from the fire, and proceed with it as in the tenth and eleventh Chapters.

CHAP. XIII.

How to examine the goodness of Salt-Peter.

PUt upon a Wooden Table, or any clean and smooth Board, a little Salt-Peter; then give fire to it with a live coal, and observe these Rules following, viz.

If it make the same noise in burning as the common Salt doth when it is thrown upon live coals, it is a sign it holds yet much common Salt.

If it hold a thick and fat scum, it is a sign 'tis fatty and viscous.

If after the Salt be consumed, there resteth yet crass and filthy matter upon the board, it is an infallible sign that the Salt contains yet a quantity of earthy matter, and so much the more, if you see much dregs after the combustion of the Salt-Peter is past; and therefore the less powerful and active.

But by contraries, if it render a cleer long flame divided into many streams, and that the superficies of the board remain neat without any filth; or that it be consumed so that nothing is left, but a white clean ash, without making much noise, or great trembling, you may then conclude that the Salt-Peter is good, and well cleansed, and in its perfect preparation.

CHAP. XIV.

The true way to purifie Salt-Peter, and separa­ting it from all offending and superfluous mat­ter; as common Salt, Uitriol, Allum, and all fatty and viscous humours.

TAke Two pound of Quick-Lyme, Two pound of common Salt, One pound of Verdigrease, One pound of Roman Vitriol, One pound of Sal-Armoniack, beat them all together; after put them into an Iron Vessel, and pour upon them a good quantity of Vinegar, or in default of them, good clear water; and make a Lixivium, which you shall let rarifie and clarifie of it self, standing the space of three dayes; after put your Salt-Peter in a Kettle, and pour upon the same as much of this Lixi­vium as will well cover the Salt-Peter; put it upon a fire sufficiently moderate at first, increasing it until it boyl to the consumption of half; take it then away from the fire, and pour it by gentle inclination into a wooden Vessel, and throw away all the dregs and Salt which remaineth in the bottom of the Kettle: That done, let the Salt-Peter water cool, and continue your preparation as we have given before, where we treated of refining Salt-Peter.

CHAP. XV.

How to clarifie common Sulphur, and to know its goodness.

WE experience often, and without contradiction, that not only Salt-Peter is filled with terrestrial qualities, but Brimstone also, which is not only of a fat­ty & certain oleganious humour, but likewise a noysome quality which is in the com­pound, common to one and the other of its matters; from hence (if we desire to be curious in our work) we judge it may be necessary to purifie Sulphur, and to procure to it by power of clarification, a nature most sublime, subtile, fiery and volatile. The order and method that ought to be used in this, is thus; in Vessels of Iron or Copper, melt your Sulphur with a very gentle fire over Coals, well lighted, and not flaming; and when it is melted with a Ladle, skim neatly off all that riseth on the top and swimmeth upon the Sulphur; then not long after, let it be taken from the fire, and strained through a double Linnen Cloath into another Vessel, pouring it through at leisure; thus all the Oylie matter and crassy substance remains in the Cloath; but under in the Vessel will be a pure Sulphur, such as we have before spoken of.

To know the goodness of Sulphur you must do thus: Press it between two Iron plates, that are hot, and if in the running it appear yellow, without any bad odour, and that which remains be of a reddish colour, one may believe 'tis natural and excellent; so likewise 'tis a good sign, if when 'tis set on fire, it do freely burn all away, leaving little or no resident matter. For if Sulphur be pure and good, we do find that there is such a sympathy between it and fire, that the fire is desirous of the Sulphur for its nutriment, and that reciprocally the Sulphur is pleased like­wise to be thus devoured and consumed by the Element of fire; so that if some fragment of it be put about some pieces of Wood, if this shall feel the fire at some distance, it seems as if it did attract it to it self, and doth sometimes unawares at a distance catch or take fire, if great care be not taken.

There is a certain kind of Sulphur which will not burn so freely as other Sulphur, nor send forth any ill scent, but being put upon the fire, melts no otherwise than common Wax; and this Sulphur is found abundantly near Mount Aetna, as Carniola of Libavius reports, in his first Book of the Apocap. Hermel. but this Sul­phur is commonly red, as also is that which is found in the Heil des Heim (as Agricola mentions in his first Book, Chap. 22.) And upon the testimony of Iohn Iohn­son, Adm. Nat. Clas. 4. Chap. 13. Sulphur is found likewise of divers other colours, as pale, Yellow, Green, as is many times to be seen and found sticking about Stones and Rocks: So, that a man may, without any great difficulty, take it from thence, and make it into a Mass.

That which is clear, perfectly yellow, not very hard, nor too much shining, is the very best. Yet there is another Sulphur which looks greenish, and hath never past the fire; and this is called Sulphur Vivum, and by some Virgin Sulphur, by reason Women and Maids had a custom to compose with it a certain fucus or Paint, with which they used to adorn their faces.

CHAP. XVI.

Of the third principal in Composition of Gun­powder, viz. Coal, and its Preparation.

IN the Month of May or Iune, when all sorts of Trees are easie to peel, by reason in that time there comes out a sap, and they are fuller of humours than at any other time of the year, Cut then a great quantity of Hazle or Ash, the length of two or three foot, of the bigness of half your fist, taking away from them with a Bill all that is Superfluous, then take away the rind likewise; and of these make little bundles, and make them very dry in a warm Oven; then in a place chosen for that purpose, that is plain and even, set them upright one by another, and set them on fire; and after you see the fire well lighted, and that the fire hath reduced them all into burning Coals, cover them closely and diligently with wa­tered earth, so that it may have no respiration, or that no Air may pass in; then, the flame being thus stifled upon the Coals, they will remain pure and whole, with­out being charged with much Ashes; then 24 hours after, you may take them away and keep them for to serve you in your business, and put them to such uses as we shall write of hereafter.

But if you have occasion for a small quantity only, take then of the Arms and Limbs of such Trees aforesaid, that is of Teil wood, of Juniper, of Ash, &c. Cut them in small pieces, and dry them well; then shut them in an Earthen Vessel, and lute the Cover on the top with Clay; then place Coals round about the Pot, and let it be all covered with Coals, leaving them so the space of a good hour, continu­ing the fire all this while in the same degree of heat; at last let it cool of it self, and when 'tis cold, open the pot, and take out the Coals for your use.

CHAP. XVII.

The wayes of Compounding or Making Gun­powder.

THe wayes of Compounding of Gun-Powder have been so commonly known, that not only such as are conversant in fireworks do understand the same, but others also; so that it is made a particular Trade: nay, that which is more strange, the Countrey people in Polonia have learned to prepare it with their own hands, without the use of any Artificial Engine, or Chymical Vessel. For I have seen many of the People of Podolie, and Ʋkrains, which we call now the Cossaques, who pre­pare their Powder quite contrary to the common way, or that which is used by Fire-Masters. For they put Sulphur, Salt-Peter, Charcoal, all together in an Earthen Pot, a certain proportion of each; (which proportion one to the other they have learned by experimental practice) upon which they pour fair fresh water, which they boyl upon the fire until all the water is evaporated, and the matter become thick; then [Page 18] they take it from the fire, and dry it in the Sun, or in some warm place, as a Stove, or the like; then they pass it through a Hair Sieve, and reduce it into small Grains. There are others that take these Materials, and grind them upon a smooth flat Stone, or a smooth Earthen Dish, and then having moistned it, by their Skill they bring it into Grains; which powder brought to this degree of perfection, they serve their occasions with as much utillity and profit, as if it had been made by the hand of one of the most knowing or skilful Powder-makers in the world.

It is in my judgment, labour lost to speak more of these superficial wayes; but come to the order and method which is necessary and usually observed in the preparing of Gun-Powder: It shall likewise suffice me to propose in this Chapter some Com­positions most excellent and best approved; which are these,

Compositions for Cannon Powder.Compositions for Musquet-Powder.Compositions for Pistol-powder.
The first.
  • Salt-Peter 100 l.
  • Sulphur 25
  • Coals 25
The first.
  • Salt-Peter 100 l.
  • Sulphur 18
  • Coals 20
The first.
  • Salt-Peter 100 l.
  • Sulphur 12
  • Coals 15
The Second.
  • Salt-Peter 100 l.
  • Sulphur 20
  • Coals 24
The Second.
  • Salt-Peter 100 l.
  • Sulphur 15
  • Coals 18
The Second.
  • Salt-Peter 100 l.
  • Sulphur 10
  • Coals 8

You must first finely powder these compositions or mixtures, for Cannon or Musquet Powder, and after moissen them with fair fresh water or Vinegar, or with Aquavitae; but if you will have your Pistol Powder stronger and more violent, you ought to stir it up several times whilst tis in the Morter, with this following liquor; that is, a water distilled from Rinds of Oranges, Citrons, or Lemons, by an Alymbeck, or any other Chymical Vessel; then let all be beaten and well brayed 24. hours, and then in the end reduce it into very fine small grains.

A Liquor for this purpose may likewise be made of twenty parts of Aquavitae, and 12 parts of distilled Vinegar made of Whitewine, and four parts of Spirit of Salt-Peter, and two parts of water of Sal-armoniac, and one part of Camphire dis­solved in Brandy-wine, or reduced into Powder with powdered Sulphur, or redu­ced with Oyl of sweet Almonds.

To Corn Powder well, you must prepare a Sieve with a bottom of thick Parchment, made full of round holes; then moisten the Powder that must be corned with its water, and make it up in Balls as big as Eggs; which put into the Sieve, and with it put a wooden Bowls, and when you have so done, sift the Powder so, as the Bowl rouling about the Sieve, may break the Clods of Powder, and make it pass through those little holes into Corns.

It is observed by Fire-Masters and Gunners, that Powder when it is Corned, is of much greater force and power, than in Meal; from hence 'tis concluded, that powder when 'tis put into a Piece of Ordnance, ought not to be pressed or beaten home too hard in the Piece; for thereby it will loose its form of grains, and thereby looseth a great part of its strength that it had, and is therefore not able to throw out the Bullet with so great a violence, as if the Powder had been gently thrust home to the Britchend.

CHAP. XVIII.

Of the several Colours which are to be given to Powder.

KNow first that all the blackness which you see in Gun-powder comes from the Coal; not that this colour is absolutely necessary to be conjoyned to its nature, or that it is absolutely necessary to be given to it, for its meliorating or making it more vigorous; this is not so; but by contraryes you may be permitted to give unto it any such colours as you shall think fit, without prejudice or hinderance of the Pow­der and vertue of it. For if instead of Coal you take rotten dryed wood, or Sawdust well dryed, or white paper moistned and dryed in a Stove and powdered, or indeed any other thing of a combustible nature, or that is well disposed to take fire (such as you read hereunder) and to this you may add a colour according to your fancie and pleasure; and you will infallibly have a Powder that will make the same Effect as the black powder. And for this purpose I shall lay down in this Chap­ter certain mictions, with which I served my self many times, and therefore known to be experimental truths.

White Powder.

Take Salt-Peter six pounds, Sulphur one pound, of Sawdust of the Elder Tree well dryed and powdered one pound, these mixed according to the directions in the former Chapter, there will be made a Powder of a white colour. Or thus,

Take Salt-Peter ten pounds, of Sulphur one pound, of the woody part when the Hemp is taken away, one pound, &c. Or thus.

Salt-Peter six pounds, Sulphur one pound, of Tartar calcin'd until it be brought to a whiteness, and the Salt extracted for use, one Ounce.

Red Powder.

Take of Salt-Peter twelve Parts, of Sulphur two parts, of Amber one part, of Red Sanders two parts, &c. Or,

Take Salt-Peter eight pounds, of Sulphur one pound, of dryed powdered Paper boyled up in a Water, wherein is Cinaber or Brazil Wood, and then again dryed, one pound.

Yellow Powder.

Take Salt-Peter eight pounds, Sulphur one pound, Wild or Bastard Saffron boyled in Aqua Vitae, after dryed and powdered, two pounds, &c.

Green Powder.

Salt-Peter ten pounds, of Sulphur one pound, dryed Wood or Saw-dust boyled in Aqua Vitae with some Verditer, then dryed and powdered, of this two pounds.

Blew Powder.

Salt-Peter eight pounds, of Sulphur one pound, of the Saw-dust of the Teil Wood boyled in Brandy Wine with Indigo, and after dryed and powdered, one pound.

CHAP. XIX.

Still Powder, or Powder without Noise.

THere are several that do Write many strange things concerning this Still Powder, or Powder, without noise, or as some do give it the name, Deaf Powder, whereof they have treated prolixly; the which I think not convenient to do, by rea­son I am loath to tire the Reader with any such Discourse, as tends not much to Edi­fication: I shall therefore put down certain mixtures, which I have known to be more excellent and best approved.

First way.

Take Common Powder two pounds, Venus Borax one pound; these being well powdered, mingled and incorporated together, must be made up into Corn Powder.

Second way,

Take common Powder two pounds, Venus Borax one pound, of Lapis Calaminaris half a pound, of Sal-armoniack half a pound; powder and mix them well, and make them up into Grains.

Third way,

Take common Powder six pounds, of Live Moles burnt in an Earthen Pot, of Venus Borax half a pound, mix them as before, &c.

Fourth way,

Take Salt-Peter six pounds, Sulphur eight pounds and a half, powder of the Se­cond Bark of Elder Tree half a pound, common decripitated Salt two pounds; make Corn Powder of these according to the precedent order, or accustomed method.

To these known things, I shall add here a thing whereof you may make experience if you please; it being only taken from the Books of Authors, without any tryal made by me; which you may also find written in the natural Magick of John Baptist [...] Porta, which is in our English Tongue, where he saith, that if you add burnt Paper in the Composition of Gun-Powder, or the double quantity of Hay seed well beaten; these will take away a great part of the strength, and will hinder it from making so great flame and noise.

Some do say that the Gall of a Pike doth the same effect, if it be mixed and mingled with the same; but we shall leave the belief of these things to the faith of such Authors as have experimented the same.

There are some wise and knowing men in this Art, attribute the cause of this noise, or as some do express it, this horrible noise, produced by a Cannon after the firing, not to the Powder, but to the beating and contusion of the Air which is inraged, or in a passion, by being so furiously endeavoured to be stifled or choaked by a strange and extraordinary movement, of which we have spoken more at large in the former Chapter, where we treated of Salt-Peter. Yet in favour of the Sons of Art, we shall never theless give you the opinion of Scaliger, taken out of his his fifteenth Book, in his Exer. Exoter. against Cardan of Sub [...]il. Exer. 25.

Lo [...]ge p [...]jus illud cum sonitus causam a bellicis machinis editi, attribuis Sal Petrae; nan [...] t [...]nuissimu [...]n in pulverem comminu [...]um cavernulas amisit.

CHAP. XX.

The Proof or Tryal of Gun-powder.

IT is accustomary for men skilled in these Arts, to try Powder three several wayes; that is, by sight, by touch, and by fire: And first, for the tryal by sight; it is thus,

If the Powder be too black, it is a manifest sign of too much humidity, or too much coal; now if it contain too much, as you suppose, rub it upon white Paper; if it black the Paper more than other good Powder use to do, it is a sign there is more coal in it than ought: for such Gun-Powder as is of a fair azure colour, or a little obscure, somthing bordering upon red, is the best sign, and the most assured testimony of good Powder.

Secondly, Gun-Powder its goodness is known by the touch, in this manner, crush some Corns under your fingers ends, and if they easily break and return to Meal with­out resisting the touch, or without feeling hard, you may assure your self from thence, that your Powder hath in it too much Coal.

If by pressing it a little hard under your fingers upon a smooth hard board, or upon a stone, you feel amongst it small grains harder or more sollid than the rest, which do in a manner prick the ends of the fingers, and do not yield to the finger but very difficultly, or hardly, you may infer from hence that the Sulphur is not well incorporated with the Salt-Peter, and by consequence the Powder is not well and duely prepared.

You may draw infallible proofs or conjectures of the goodness of Powder by its burning, if after you have made little heaps of Powder upon a clean and even Table, distant one from another about a hands breadth, you then put fire to one of them only; and if it take fire alone, and burn all away without lighting the others, and make a small thundring noise, or make a white clear smoak, and that it rise with a quickness, suddainly, almost imperceptible, and if it rise in the Air like a circle of smoak, or like a small Crown; this is an infallible sign the Powder is good, and perfectly well prepared.

If after the burning of the Powder there remain some black marks upon the Table, this then signifies that the Powder contains too much Coal, which has not been enough burnt.

If the board looks greasie, then the Sulphur and Salt-Peter is not enough cleansed, and by consequence it retains much of their terrestrial matter and oyly natures which were naturally conjoyned to their matters. If you find small grains, white and Citrine, it is a testimony that the Salt-Peter is not enough cleansed, and by consequence it [Page 22] retains much of its terrestrial matter, and of common Salt, and besides, the Sulphur hath not been well powdered, nor sufficiently incorporated with the two other matters of its Composition.

If two or three Corns of Gun-Powder be laid upon a Paper, distant about a fin­gers bredth one from the other, and you put fire to them, if the fire be good and strong, they will fire at once, and there will remain no grossness of Brimstone, or of Salt-Peter, nor any thing but a white smoaky colour in the place where they were burnt, nor will the Paper be touched. If small black knots, which will burn downward in the place where proof is made, remain after firing, they do shew that the Gun-powder hath no [...] enough of Peter, and that it is of little force or strength.

Good Gun-Powder will not burn your hand, if it be set on fire there.

Gun-Powder that is very sharp or eager in tast, is not well purified, and will turn moist.

Amongst many sorts of Powder, to know the best, make a little heap of every sort at a distance one from another; observing well when you fire each heap, which of them doth soonest take fire, for that which soonest takes fire, smoaks least and clearest, and riseth quickly up close and round, and leaves little or no sign behind it, is the best Powder.

There are Instruments likewise invented for the tryal or proof of Powder, which the most part of Fire-Masters and Gunners are accus [...]omed to use, which are described at large by other Authors; therefore we shall not here repeat the same; con­sidering likewise, that we have found by experience a great fallacy in the same, for that one and the same Powder, in the same measure and quantities, hath raised the cover to different degrees of height.

CHAP. XXI.

To forti [...] weak Powder, and amend that which is spoiled, and bring it to its full strength again▪ and to preserve good Powder from decaying.

VVE call such Gun-Powder weak, which hath much degenerated from its fir [...]t strength, and the force which it did acquire in its first preparation; as such as hath dak [...]n wind, we [...], or air; for these do diminish the quantity of Salt-Peter, and actually separate the Sulphur and Coal.

There are two different wayes that these accidents do happen; that is, by being many years made, or lying in a mo [...]st place long; for in time the Salt-Peter alter [...] and separates it self, being naturally subject to alter, and return into its first matter; for Salt-Peter in its beginning or original being engendered of water, or of a certain Saline bu [...]our, no otherwise than other Salts are produced of their own proper Brines, doth at last, or in a long time, separate it self from the Coal and Sulphur [...] and so return to a Brine water again, as it was in the original, and so aban­do [...] [...] two matters that adhered to it▪ the Sulphur and Coals loosing no­thing of their weight, seeing that no humidity that is attracted, can [...]e able to dissolve them▪ b [...] ra [...]her by the contrary, the Coal doth attract greed [...]ly, and becomes more ponderous.

If for the reasons afore said you desire to repair and restore the strength of Gun-Powder that begins to alter, or that hath quite lost its force, its defects may be amended three several wayes, &c. viz.

The first is thus, make a Lye of two parts of Aquavitae, and one part of clarified Salt-Peter made into fine Powder, of good Vinegar made of good Wine half a part, of Oyl of Sulphur one eighth part, and as much Camphire dissolved in Brandy; these put together, do make a Lixivium, which must be strained through a large Strainer, and then with it you may amend your powder that is decayed, by moist­ning it with the same, very often, and drying it by the Sun in Wooden Vessels, and then putting it up in a dry place, free from any humidity or air, and then it will not in a long time again be damnified.

The second way to repair Powder is thus, examine how much your Powder weighed when it was first put into the Cask or Barrel, then see how much it doth now weigh after 'tis damnified (it being first dryed if it chance to be wet) then see the difference between these two weights, and add so much Salt-Peter to your decayed powder, mix it well, and make it up into Corns again, and preserve it as before.

The third way to restore the strength of Gun-Powder, is such as is most plain and commonly used amongst the Powder-men; they put upon a Sale-cloath or smooth place or board, a portion of damnified Powder, to which they add an equal weight of that which is new made, and then with their hand or wooden Shovel they mingle it well together; then they dry it in the Sun, and put it up into a Barrel again, and keep it in a dry and proper place.

Yet there is another way may be allowed, but this is almost the same with making new Powder, and it is thus; Take what quantity of decayed Powder you please, put it into Earthen or Wooden Vessels, pour upon the same three times so much hot water, stir it well about, and when it begins to be cold, or hath stood one hour or two, strain the water away, and to the feces put more water, stirring it well about, then let it stand and settle as before, and strain it from the feces, this do a third time, and you will have drawn out all the Salt-Peter; put these waters in a clean Kettle, and boyl it away until so much be consumed, as that a drop dropped upon a Stone or Iron do congeal, then pour it into some wooden Vessel that it may congeal into Salt-Peter; and that water as remains, you must boyl up again as before; and if need be, you must in the boyling skum what riseth on the top of the water. Having by this Art obtained the Salt-Peter out of the decayed Gun-Powder, you may according to the proportions given in the Composition of Powder, mix it with its remaining Sul­phur and Coal, or fresh Sulphur and Coal, which is better; and after 'tis well mixed, Corn it according to the given Rules; then let it be well d [...]yed, and put up into dry Powder Barrels, and let it be conse [...]ved in a dry place from Air or any Moisture.

Some do mend their Powder in this nature, they moisten it with Vinegar or fair water, beat it fine, and sift it and dry it, and to every pound of Powder they put one Ounce of Mealed Salt-Peter; then moisten and mix them well, so that neither may be discerned one from the other, but that they be perfectly incorporated, which you may know by cutting the Mass with a Knife, or breaking it: When it is well compounded, let it be Corned in manner as we have before prescribed.

If your Composition of Powder be made up with Aqua vitae, and so made up into great Balls, and well dryed in a Stove, or in the Sun, and put into glazed earthen Pots, and close covered, you may keep it as long as you please, for age will not decay it.

There ought alwayes a care to be taken by Gunners or Fire-Masters, or such as have the charge of Gun-powder, to chuse if they can such places as are dry, and stand upon the best ground, free from dampness of the Air or any water possibly coming near. Every Gunner, &c. ought to take care that his Barrel be turned upside down, or any Carthredge ready filled; for if the Powder attract air, the Peter with the moisture it hath attracted, will in time seperate from the other matters, and sink to the bottom; so that the Powder in the upper part will loose its strength, which is prevented by turning and shaking them every fourteen dayes, and airing them at the Sun at convenient times. And as 'tis necessary a Gunner should have Carthredges filled for present Service, those ought also to be turned out and filled again every four­teen dayes more or less, as the Gunner in his judgment shall allow of.

CHAP. XXII.

Of the property and particular office of every Ma­terial in the Composition of Gun-powder.

WE ought infallibly to believe that Gun-Powder was not found out casually, or by fortune; but invented by a true knowledge, and by reasonable spe­culation in Natural Philosophy; considering that to this day no man hath opposed (notwithstanding many persons have made it their endeavour) or could find any other Materials like unto these, or of such a nature, which being well united and in­corporated together, they are able to produce a fire so vigorous, fearful, powerful, and above all, so inextinguishable that the whole Universal matter is consumed in a moment; which is the more to be believed, since we make not much difficulty, particularly in this our Age wherein we live, to add many things to the invention of others, and that (as the Physitians say) all that had a beginning doth pass from imperfection to perfection. We desire therefore it may be permitted (since the Inventors have left us nothing in Writing) to propose here some Observa­tions of Speculative truths, drawn from Experiment, which have been made about the strength, nature, effects, and Office of all the matters comprehended in the Composition of Gun-Powder, as well of the particulars, as all made up into one body. For I believe, that having insinuated into a perfect knowledge of the pro­perties, and the affections, as well specificated as general, of all its Ingredients, no body more will fall into those Errors which are too often committed in the Art of Pyrotechny.

We must therefore know, that Gun-powder was not without reason composed of these three materials, to wit, Salt-Pete [...], Sulphur, and Coal, but to the end that one might remedy or supply the defaults of the others. And this is it which is easie to be comprehended in the effect of Sulphur; for this is naturally the very aliment of the fire, seeing it joyns with it so willingly and freely, and having once taken fire, is most difficult to put out, being no otherwise rightly than a flaming fire, or, to ex­press it better, a pure flame; and therefore hath an aptitude to enflame the Salt-Peter, by its activity, more than any other kind of fire. But as the Salt-Peter lighted doth go promptly into certain windy exhalations, it hath thereby such a strength in it, that it would by its ventosity put out the flame which the Sulphur hath concei­ved, and by consequence deny it self of that which the Sulphur communicateth to it; hereby you may see, if one had made a simple composition of these two things only, that is, of Sulphur and Salt-Peter compounded well together, if fire were then applyed, they would in truth be suddenly enflamed, but they would soon after go out, that is, the fire will not continue to the Conflagration and Consumption of the whole mat­ter, the reason whereof we have given a little before. It was therefore by good rea­son adjudged, that Coal well dryed and powdered, being adjoyned to these two ma­terials in a certain proportion, was an excellent remedy for the supplying of this de­fect, seeing that Coal is of such a property and of such a nature, that if it be held to the fire, it will soon light and be reduced to a fire without any flame; And from hence it comes to pass, that the more it is agitated by the Air, or by wind, the more the fire augments, and will not go out, but conserve it self until the matter that nouri­sheth it is totally consumed; a little ashes only excepted. From hence it was conclu­ded that a Composition made of these three Ingredients, such as is our Gunpowder, will conceive fire, and will be conserved, enflamed and consumed unto the last Atome. For it is most certain, that if we approach fire with it, the Sulphur which the fire extreamly loves is soon taken with it, and holdeth the same and introduceth it, not [Page 25] only into the Salt-Peter, but the coal also at the same moment, without producing any flame. Now this fire (as we have said before) cannot be suffocated by wind, but on the contrary is enflamed the more, and takes new strength by the agitation of the Air. And as this Sulphur is a great neighbour of the fire either with or without flame, so it cannot hinder it from taking fire; and 'tis the flame of the B [...]imstone imbraces the Salt-Peter, and the Coal continues it. And by consequence these three materials joyned together, and well incorporated, and then lighted, produceth a fire, until all its aliment and substance be universally consumed and annihilated: Yet there must care be taken that none of these substances have any accidental defaults, either in humidity or disproportion, either more or less. We will conclude then all that we have said, that the true office of Sulphur in the Powder is to conceive the flame or re­ceive the fire, and having received it, to communicate it to the other matters; and that the Coal hath a particular care to retain and consume it▪ and to hinder the fire (after it is once introduced by the Sulphur) from suffocating or going out by any windy Exhalation and great violence caused by the Salt-Peter; and lastly, that the most notable and particular office of the Salt-Peter is to produce and cause a most vehement and powerful ventosity or windy Exhalation. And in this which I have said, lieth all the truth of the strength, power and expulsive motion and activity of the Gun-powder; and by consequence Salt-Peter alone is the first and principal cause of all the admirable and astonishing Effects produced by Gunpowder; and conseqnent­ly, the two other materials are alliated with the Salt-Peter for no other end than to make it break forth into fire and wind. For proof of this, if any one will make a Composition of Sulphur and Coal only, and with it charge a Piece of Ordnance, he will find that this will not move or thrust out a Shot of Iron or any other metal; the reason of this weakness is easie to be understood by our foregoing discourse, because the violent expulsion depends absolutely in the Salt-Peter, and in this only expulsive faculty, and not in any of the other matters. Yea I believe that one may prepare Gun­powder [...]ithout Brimstone or Coal, rather than without Salt-Peter; or that a man may without much difficulty prepare other matters, that the one may do the office of Sulphur in kindling the matter, and the other that of Coal in Conserving it and keeping it without flame. But any other thing that hath such hidden natural properties to cause such a ventous Exhalation, so violent and capable to produce such prodigious Effects, as Salt-Peter, may not be produced.

CHAP. XXIII.

Now to prepare [...]ommon Match and Extraordina­ry Match, that is such as will render no Smoak nor bad scent.

FIrst there must be made Cords of coarse hemp, or rather of Tow, about the big­ness of half your thumb, or a good finger in Diameter; then take the ashes of Oak, Ash, Elm, or Maple, three parts, of quick Lyme one part, and make thereof a Lye after the usual manner; which being done, add to it of the Liquor drawn from Horse dung neatly strained and leasurely exprimed through a strainer, or linnen Cloath, two parts, of Salt-Peter one part, and being all well mix'd, put into a Cop­per your Match Cords, and pour upon them your Lixivium, and make a small fire under the same, augmenting it gradually, until it be great, which you must keep [Page 26] boyling two or three dayes continually; not boyling it dry, as some of our Writers prescribe, but supplying it continually with fresh Lixivium, for fear both Match and Kettle burn for want of Liquor; in the end having taken out the fire, take the Cords out of the Liquor, and wring them hard in your hands, rubbing off the moisture from them with a peece of Cloath, that comes forth in the wringing; then hang them in the Air or Sun upon long Poles to dry, and when they are well dryed, make them up in bundles, and carry them into a commodious place to keep for use.

But to make Match that will never have bad scent nor smoak, you must get a cer­tain quantity of red Sand, or Gravel well washed, and purged from all its filth; put it into an Earthen pot that is not varnished, then put into the pot upon the Sand, your common Match, or any other made of Cotton, or the like matter, and coyle it in such manner, that there be half a fingers breadth of interval between every coyl of the Match, to the end they may not touch each other, but that the Match in its turning or Coyles have its sides equally distant one from the other; then throw again upon that a good quantity of Sand▪ and coyl in the Cord again as be­fore: Continue thus your work until your pot be full, then cover the pot with a co­ver of the same earth, and close well the joynts with Lute made of fat Earth that no Air may enter; This being well and surely done, put lighted coals round about the pot, and let it stand in this posture some time, then take it away and let it stand un­til it be quite cold before you open it; When 'tis perfectly cold, take off the Co­ver, pour out the Sand, and draw out the match, for 'tis prepared, and will burn as we have said.

CHAP. XXIV.

Of the Square and Cube Roots.

VVE have already in the Second Chapter of this Book shewn the way of mol­ding and casting peices of Ordnance; if well understood, you cannot be ig­norant in the way of Casting Shot. Therefore to avoyd any thing that might be tedious or unnecessary to the Students of this art, we will come to the most ne­cessary things concerning Shot, that is, such as every Gunner ought to know. But be­cause most of the propositions depend upon the knowledg of the Square and Cube Roots, which many (though otherwise knowing in most common Arithmetick) do not understand, I thought it good therefore to shew the Extraction of the Square and Cube Roots after a very easie way; with the necessary propositions in Gunnery, thereunto belonging.

A Table of Squares and Cubes.
1.2.3.4.5.6.7.8.9Roots.
1.4.9.16.25.36.49.64.81Squares.
1.8.27.64.125.216.343.512.729Cubes.
The Extraction of the Square Root.

Set down any number of figures as you shall think good, as, 2735716, then be­gin at your first right hand figure that is at 6, and make a prick under it, and so along every other figure as you may see here already done; and seeing the first prick to the left hand falls to be under 2, therefore seek in the Table above in the ranck of [Page 27] Squares for this number 2, or the nearest [...] number less, which here we find to be 1, and over it we find the Root to be 1, which must be placed in the quotient, and likewise un­der the first prick to the left hand, then having 1 for a Divisor, and 1 for the quotient, say but the common Rule of Division, 1 times 1 is one, 1 from 2 and there remains 1; which sent over the 2, then double the quotient and it makes 2, which place between the two first pricks to the left hand that is under 7; then say how many times 2 in 17, (here you must be very cautious not to take too many) which here may be six times, place the 6 in the quotient as before, and under the second prick that is under 3, and divide as before, then double the quotient which is now 16 and it makes 32, place the 2 between the second and third prick, viz. under 5, and the 3 before it under the 6, so the 32 will stand under the 175 which is above; then say how many times 3 in 17, which you will find to be 5, place it in the quotient and under the third prick, and divide as before, always setting the Remainder over the head of its proper fi­gures; then double the quotient again, which is now 165 and it makes 330, place the o [...] between the two pricks as before, and place the figures before it to the left hand, as you see above, and the first figure to the left will be 3 which stands under 13; then say how many times 3 in 13, which will be 4, which place in the quotient, and under the fourth or last prick, and divide as before; so you will fin [...] no Remain­der, which assures the number given to be a square number. The proof of these is known by multiplying the square Root found in it self (taking in the remains if any be) and it must produce that given number, otherwise it is false. Note how many pricks you have, and so many numbers must the quotient consist of.

If the number given be not a true Square, then a fraction will remain, which fracti­on you may find out the value thereof to a tenth, hundredth, or a thousandth part; &c. Doing thus set next to the right hand after the Sum proposed, two, four, or six cy­phers, or more (for the more cyphe [...] you put, the less is your Error) and every two cyphers will produce a fractional figure more than the Integers belonging to the proper quotient, which are tenths, hundredths, or thousand parts of a Unite, accor­ding to the number of cyphers added; that is, if you add two cyphers, then you find the tenths of a Unite &c. But the Square Root being not of so much use in Gunne­ry, as the Cube Root, we shall proceed no farther to Exemplifie the same, suppo­sing it to be done already in the Tre [...]tise of Military Discipline.

The Extraction of the Cube Root.

Begin at your right hand, (as you did in Extracting the Square Root) and set pricks under every fourth figure, that is, leave two figures unprickt, or between the pricks, and so proceed to the left, until you have done as here you see, 7 5 6 7 8 7 3 2 (the number of pricks shew the number of figures that will be in the quotient.

Then see by the Table before in this Chapter the nearest Cube to the numbers stan­ding over the first prick to the right hand, which is 75, I search in the Table of Cubes and find the nearest number to it in the Table of Cubes to be 64, and its Root 4, which must be set down in the quotient, and likewise its Cube 64▪ under the prick; and if that number doth not amount to so much as the number standing over the prick, then substract it from the same, and set the Remainder over head.

Then triple the qu [...]tient, and that triple you must set under the next number to the right hand, before that prick where you did last end.

Multiply that tripled number by the quotient, and set it d [...] under the first tri­ple, and that number let be your Divisor.

Then (as in common Division) must you look how many times the Divisor in the figures is standing over them, and place that in the quotient.

This done, Multiply your quotient by your Divisor, and set it under your Divisor, with a Line between.

Then multiply the last figure in the quotient by it self, and then in the triple, and set that figure under the former, one figure more to the right hand.

Lastly, Multiply the last figure cubically, and set that Sum also one figure to the Right hand; then add all these three multiplications together, and substract it out of figures standing over the first and second prick, and the Remainder set over them.

This done, again triple the quotient, and proceed exactly as before &c.

If your number be not an exact Cube, but some numbers remain whereof you de­sire to find the exact fraction, that is as near as possible may be, viz. to a tenth, hun­dredth, or a thousandth part &c. To find the tenths add three cyphers, the hundreds 6 cyphers, the thousands nine cyphers, at the Right hand of your figures, according to the directions given in finding the fractional of a square. But these Rules being som­thing tedious to many men, we will for their encouragement and ease add a Table of Squares and Cubes whereby any man may find, by inspection only, the Square and Cube of any number of Inches, and parts of an Inch, to a tenth part, provided your number exceed not 100 inches, which will be found very necessary, and save much labour, as will appear by the following Examples. But first we will present you with the Table it self.

A Table of Squares and Cubes, very useful for the spee­dy Extracting of Square and Cube Roots, for the Resolution of Questions in Military Affairs: Whe­ther for the Ordering of Battalions, or Gunnery, &c.
RAqAc
111
248
3927
41664
525125
636216
749343
864512
981729
101001000
111211331
121441728
131692197
141962744
152253375
162564096
172894913
183245832
193616859
204008000
214419261
2248410648
2352912167
2457613824
2562515625
2667617576
2772919683
2878421952
2984124389
3090027000
3196129791
32102432768
33108935937
34115639304
35122542875
36129646656
37136950653
38144454872
39152159319
40160064000
41168168921
42176474088
43184979507
44193685184
45202591125
46211697336
472 [...]09103823
482304110592
492401117649
502500125000
512601132651
522704140608
532809148877
542916157464
553025166375
563136175616
573249185193
583364195112
593481205379
603600216000
613721226981
623844238328
633969250047
644096262144
654225274625
664356287496
674489300763
684624314432
694761328509
704900343000
715041357911
725184373248
735329389017
745476405224
755625421875
765776438976
775929456533
786084474552
796241493039
806400512000
816561531441
826724551368
836889571787
847056592704
857225614125
867396636056
877569658503
887744681472
897921704969
908100729000
918281753571
928464778688
938649804357
948836830584
959025857375
969216884736
979409912673
989604941192
999801979299
100100001000000
101102011030301
102104041061208
103106091092729
104108161124864
105110251157625
106112361191016
107114491225043
108116641259712
109118811295029
110121001331000
111123211367631
112125441404928
113127691442897
114129961481544
115132251520875
116134561560896
117136891601613
118139241643032
119141611685159
120144001728000
121146411771561
1221488418158 [...]
123151291860867
124153761906624
125156251953125
126158762000376
127161292048383
128163842097152
129166412146689
130169002197000
131171612248291
132174242299968
133176892352637
134179562406104
135182252460375
136184962515456
137187692571353
138190442628027
139193212685619
140196002744000
141198812803221
142201642863288
143204492924207
144207362985984
145210253048625
146213163112136
147216093176523
148219043241792
149222013307949
150225003375000
151228013442951
152231043511808
153234093581577
154237163652264
155240253723875
156243363796416
157246493869893
158249643944312
159252814019679
160256004096000
161259214173281
162262444251528
163265694330747
164268964410944
165272254492125
166275564574296
167278894657463
168282244741632
169285614826809
170289004913000
171292415000211
172295845088448
173299295177717
174302765268024
175306255350375
176309765451776
177313295545233
178316845639752
179320415735339
180324005832000
181325615929741
182331246028568
183334896128487
184338566229504
185342256331625
186345966434856
187349696539203
188353446644672
189357216751269
190361006859000
191364816967871
192368647077888
193372497189057
194376367301384
195380257415875
196384167529536
197388097645373
198392047762392
199396017880599
200400008000000
201404018120601
202408048242408
203412098369421
204416168489664
205420258615125
206424368741816
207428498869743
208432648998912
209436819129329
210441009261000
211445219393931
212449449528128
213453699663597
214457969800344
215462259939375
2164665610077696
2174708910218313
2184752410360232
2194796110503459
2204840010648000
2214884110793861
2224928410941048
2234972911089567
2245017611239424
2255062511390625
2265107611543176
2275152911697083
2285198411852352
2295244112008989
2305290012167000
2315336112326391
2325382412487168
2335428912649337
2345475612812904
2355522512977875
2365569613144256
2375616913312053
2385664413481272
2395712113651919
2405760013824000
2415808113997521
2425856414172488
2435904914348907
2445953614526784
2456002514706125
2466051614886936
2476100915069223
2486150415242992
2496200115438249
2506250015655000
2516300115813251
2526350416003008
2536400916194277
2546451616387064
2556502516581375
2566553616777216
2576604916974593
2586656417173512
2596708117373979
2606760017576000
2616812117779581
2626864417984728
2636916918191447
2646969618399744
2657022518609625
2667075618821096
2677128919034163
2687182419248832
2697236119465109
2707290019683000
2717344119902511
2727398420123648
2737452920346417
2747507620570824
2757562520796875
2767617621024576
2777672921253933
2787728421484952
2797784121717639
2807840021952000
2817896122188041
2827952422425768
2838008922665187
2848065622906304
2858122523149125
2868179623393656
2878236923639903
2888294423887872
2898352124137569
2908410024389000
2918468124642171
2928526424897088
2938584925153757
2948643625412184
2958702525672375
2968761625934336
29788209261980
2988880426463592
2998940126730899
3009000027000000
3019060127270901
3029120427543608
3039180927818127
3049241628094464
3059302528372625
3069363628652616
3079424928934443
3089486429218112
3099548129503629
3109610029791000
3119672130080231
3129734430271328
3139796930664297
3149859630659144
3159922531255875
3169985631554496
317100489318550132
31810112432157432
31910176132461759
32010240032768000
32110304133076161
32210368433386248
32310332933698267
32410497634012224
32510562534328125
32610627634645976
32710692934965783
32810758435287552
32910824135611289
33010890035937000
33110956136264691
33211022436594368
33311088936926037
33411155637259704
33511222537595375
33611289637933056
33711356938272753
33811424438614472
33911492138958219
34011560039304000
34111628139651821
34211696440001688
34311764940353607
34411833640707584
34511902541063625
34611971641421736
34712040941781923
34812110442144192
34912180142508549
35012250042875000
35112320143243551
35212390443614 [...]08
35312460943986977
35412531644361864
35512602544738875
35612673645118016
35712744945499293
35812816445882712
35912888146268279
36012960046656000
36113032147045881
36213104447437928
36313176947832147
36413249648228544
36513322548627125
36613395649027896
36713468949430863
36813542449836032
36913616150243409
37013690050653000
37113764151064811
37213838451478848
37313912951895117
37413987652313624
37514062552734375
37614137653157376
37714212953582633
37814288454010152
37914364154439939
38014440054872000
38114516155306341
38214592455742968
38314668956181887
38414745656623104
38514822557066625
38614899657512456
38714976957960603
38815054458411072
38915132158863869
39015210059319000
39115288159776471
39215366460236288
39315444960698457
39415523661162984
39515602561629875
3961568106299136
39715760962570773
39815840463044792
39915920163521193
40016000064000000
40116080164481201
40216160464964808
40316240965450827
40416321665939264
4051640 [...]566430125
40616483666923416
40716564967419143
40816646467917312
40916728168417929
41016810068921000
41116892169426531
41216974469934528
41317056970444997
41417139670957944
41517222571473375
41617305671991296
41717388972511713
41817472473034632
41917556173560059
42017640074088000
42117724174618461
42217808475151448
42317892975686967
42417977676225024
42518062576765625
42618147677308776
42718232977854483
42818310478402752
42918404178953589
43018490079507000
43118576180062991
43218662480621568
43318748981182737
43418835681746504
43518922582312875
43619009682881856
43719096983453353
43819184484027672
43919272184604519
44019360085184000
44119448185766121
44219536486350888
44319624986938307
44419713687528384
44519802588121125
44619891688716536
44719980989314623
44820070489915392
44920160190518849
45020250091125000
45120340191733851
45220430492345408
45320520992959677
45420611693576664
45520702594196375
45620793694818816
45720884995443993
45820976496071912
45921068196702579
46021169097336000
46121252197972181
46221344498611128
46321436999252847
46421529699897344
465216225100544625
466217156101194696
467218089101874563
468219024102503232
469219961103161709
470220900103823000
471221841104487111
472222784105154048
473223729105823817
474224676106496424
475225625107171875
476226576107850176
4772274 [...]9108531333
478228484109215352
479229441109902239
480230400110592000
481231361111284641
482232324111980168
483233289112678587
484234256113379904
485235225114084125
486236196114791256
487237169115501303
488238144116214272
489239121116930269
490240100117649000
491241081118370771
492242064119095488
493243049119823157
494244036120553784
495245025121287375
496246016122023936
497247009122763473
498248004123505992
499249001124251499
500250000125000000
501251000125751501
502252004126506008
503253009127263527
504254016128024064
505255025128787625
506256036129554216
507257049130323843
508258964131096512
509259081131872229
510260100123651000
511261121133432831
512262144134217728
513263169135005697
514264196135796744
515265225136590875
516266256137388096
517267289138188413
518268324138991832
519269361139798359
520270400410608000
521277441141420761
522272484142236648
523273529143055667
524274576143877824
525275625144703125
526276676145531576
527277729146363183
528278784147197952
529279841148035889
530280900148877000
531281961149721291
532283024150568768
533284089151419437
534285156152273304
535286225153130375
536287296153990656
537288369154854153
538289444155720872
539290521156590819
540291600157464000
541292681158340421
542293764159220088
543294849160103007
544295936160989184
545297025161878625
546298116162771336
547299209163667323
548390304164566592
549391491165469149
550302500166375000
551303601167284151
552304704168196608
553305809169112377
554306916170031464
555308025170953875
556309136171879616
557310249172808693
558311364173741112
559312481174676879
560313600175616000
561314721176558481
562315844177504328
563316969178453547
564318096179406144
565319225180362125
566320356181321496
567321489182284263
568322624183250432
569323761184220009
570324900185193000
571326041186169411
572327184187149284
573328320188132517
574329476189119224
575330625190109375
576331776191102976
57733292919 [...]100033
578334084193100552
579335241194104539
580336400195112060
581337561196122941
5823387 [...]4197137368
583339889198155287
584341056199176704
585342225200201625
586343396201230056
587344569202262003
588345744203297472
589346921204336469
590348100205379000
591349281206425071
592350464207474688
593351649208527857
594352836209584584
595354025210644871
596355216211708746
597356409212776073
598357604213847192
599358801214921799
600360000216000000
601361201217081801
602362404218167208
603363609219256227
604364816220348864
605366025221445125
606367236222545016
607368449223648543
608369664224755712
609370881225866529
610372100226981000
611373321228099131
612374544229220928
613375769230346397
614376996231475544
615378225232608375
616379456233744896
617380689234885113
618381924236029032
619383161237176659
620384400238328000
621385641239483061
622386884240641848
623388129241804367
624380376242970624
625390625244140625
626391876245314376
627393129246491883
628394384247673158
629395641248858189
630396900250047000
631398161251239591
632399424252435968
633400689253636137
634401956254840104
635403225256047875
636404496257259456
637405799258474853
638407044259694072
639408321260917119
640409600262144000
641410881263374721
642412164264609288
643413449265847707
644414736267089984
645416025268336125
646417316269586136
647418609270840025
648419904272097792
649421201273359449
650422500274625000
651423801275894415
652425104277167808
653426409278445077
654427716279726264
655429025281011375
656430336282300416
657436649283593393
658432964284890312
659434281286191179
660435600287496000
661436921288804781
662438244290117528
663439569291434247
664440896292754944
665442225294079625
666443556295408296
667444889296740963
668446224298077632
669447561299418309
670448900300763000
671450241302111711
672451584303464448
6734529293048 [...]1217
674454276306182024
675455625307546875
676456976308915776
677458329310288733
678459084311665752
679461041313046839
680462400314432000
681463761315821241
682465124317214568
683466489318611987
684467856320013504
685469225321419125
686470596322828856
68747196932424 [...]703
688473344325660672
689474721327082769
690476100328509000
691477481329939371
692478864331373888
693483249332812557
694481633334255384
695483025335702375
696484416337153536
697485809338638873
698487204339068392
699488601341532099
700490000343000000
701491401344472101
702492804345948408
703494209347428927
704495616348913664
705497025350402625
706498436351895816
707499849353393243
708501264354894912
709502681356400829
710504100357911000
711505521359425431
712506944360944128
713508369362467097
714509796363994344
715511225365525875
716512656367061696
717514089398601813
718515524370246232
719516961371694959
720518400373248000
721519841374805361
722521284376367048
723522729377933067
724524176379503424
725525625381078125
726527076382657186
727528529384240592
728529984385828362
729531441387420499
730532900389017000
731534361390617891
732535821391223168
733537289393832837
734538756395446904
735540225397065375
736541696398688256
737543169400315553
738544644401947272
739546221403583419
740547600405224000
741549081406869021
742550564408518488
743552049410172407
744553536411830784
745555025413493625
746556516415160936
747558009416832723
748559504418508992
749561001420189741
750562500421875000
751564001423564751
752565504425259008
753567009426957777
754568516428661064
755570025430368875
756571536432081216
757573049433798093
758574564435519512
759576081437245479
760577600438976000
761579121440701081
762580644442440728
763582169444184947
764583696445933744
765585225447687125
766586656449445096
767588289451207663
768589824452974832
769591361454746609
770592900456533000
771594441458314011
772595984460099648
773597529461889917
774599076463684824
775600625465484375
776602176467288576
777603729469097433
778605284470910952
779606841472729139
780608400474552000
781609961476279541
782611524478211768
783613089480048687
784614656481890304
785616225483736625
786617796485587656
787619369487443403
788620944489303872
789622521491169069
790624100493039000
791625681494913071
792627264496793088
793628849498677257
794630436500566184
795632015502459875
796633616504358336
797635209506261573
798636804508169592
799638401510082399
800640000512000000
801641601513922402
802643204515849608
803644809517781627
804646416519718464
805648025521660125
806649636523606616
807651249525557943
808652864527514112
809654481529475129
110656100531441000
811657721533411731
812659344535387328
813660969537367797
814662596539353144
815664225541343375
816665856543338496
817667489545338513
818669124547343432
819670761549353256
820672400551368000
821674041553387661
822675684555412248
823677329557441767
824678976559476224
825680625561515625
826682276563559976
827683929565609283
828685584567663552
829687241569722789
830688000571787000
831690561573856191
832692224575930368
833693889578009537
834695556580093704
835697225582182875
836698896584277056
837700569586376253
838702244588480472
839703921590589719
840705600592704000
841707281594823321
842708964596947688
843710649599077107
844712336601211584
845714025603351125
846715716605495736
847717409607645423
848719104609800199
849720801611960049
850722500614125000
851724201616265051
852725904618470208
853727609620650477
854729316622835864
855 731025625026375
856732736627222016
857734449629422793
858736164631628712
859737881633839779
860739600636056000
861741321638277381
862743044640503928
863744769642735647
864746496644972544
865748225647214625
866749956949461896
867751689 651714363
868753424653972032
869755161656234929
870756900658503000
871758641660776311
872760384663054848
873762129665336617
874763876667627624
875765625669921875
876 767376672121376
877769129674526133
878770884676836152
879772641679151439
880774400681472000
881776161683797841
882777924686128968
883779689688465387
884781456690807104
885783225693154125
886784996695506456
887786769697864103
888788544700227072
889790321702595369
890792100704060000
891793881707247971
892795664709432288
893797449712121957
894799236714516984
895801025716917375
896802816719323136
897804609721734273
898806404724150792
899808201726572699
900810000729000000
901811801731452701
902813604733870808
903815409736314327
904817216738763264
905819025741217625
906820836743677416
907822649746142643
908824644748613312
909826281751089429
910828100753571000
911829921750058031
912831744758550528
913833569761048497
914835396763551944
915837225766060875
916839056768575296
917840889771095213
918842724773620632
919844561776151559
920846400778688000
921848241781229961
922850084783777448
923851929786330467
924853776788889024
925855625791453125
926857476794022776
927859329796597983
928861184799178752
929 863041801765089
930864900804357000
931866761806954491
932868624809557568
933870489812166237
934872356814780504
935874225817400375
936876096820025856
937877969822656953
938879844825293672
939881721827936019
940883600830584000
941885481833237621
942887364835896888
943889249838561807
944891136841232384
945893025843908625
946894916846590536
947896809849271123
948898704851971392
949900601854670349
950902500857375000
951904401860085351
952906304862801408
953908209865523177
954910116868250664
955912025870983875
956913936873722816
957915849876467493
958917764879217012
959919681881974079
960921600884736000
961923521887503681
962925444890277128
963927369893056347
964929296895841344
965931225898632125
966933156901428696
967935089904231063
968937024907039232
969938961909853209
970940900912673000
971942841915498611
972944784918330048
973946729991167317
974948676924010424
975950625926859375
976952576929714176
977954529932574833
978956484935441352
979958441938313739
980960400941192000
981962361944076141
982964324946966108
983966289949862087
984968256952763904
985970225955671625
986972196958585256
987974169961504803
988976144964430272
989978121967361669
990980100970299000
991982081973242271
992984064976191488
993986049979146657
994988036982107784
995990025985074875
996992016988047936
997994009991026973
998996004994011992
999998001997002999
100010000001000000000

CHAP. XXV.

The Use of these Tables in Gunnery.

QUEST. I.

By knowing the Diameter and Weight of any one Shot, to find the Weight of another Shot, being both of one and the same Metal.

THe Shot whose weight we know not, we must have in Diameter likewise, which is found thus, Gird the Shot with a Line, then divide that into twenty two e­qual parts, and seven of those is the Diameter or the height of the Shot.

But if you have a pair of Callapars by you, the best way is to take the Diameter with them. The fashion and form of taking the Diameter of a Shot, is as here you see in the figure following.

[woodcut of calipers measuring a piece of shot]

If an Iron Shot of 4 Inches Diameter weigh 9 l. what shall a Shot weigh whose Diameter is twice as much, that is, 8 In­ches.

Cube each Diameter, then multiply the Cube of the Shot whose weight is required by the Diameter of the given Shot, and that Sum divided by the Cube of the known Diameter, the quotient is the Diameter of the Shot required.

Example. [...]

This question may also be performed by the former Table of Cubes, if you search in the Collum of Roots until you find your Diameters in a right Line with the same [Page 37] under the word Cube, you will find the Cube answerable to the number given, thus; you will find the Cube of 4 to be 64, and of 8 to be 512, and this 512 multiplyed by the weight of the known Bullet, viz. 9 l. it makes 4608, which divided by 64, gives the weight of the Bullet to be 72 l. which was to be known.

QUEST. II.

Knowing the Diameter and weight of one Shot, to find the Diameter of a Shot that weigheth twice as much.

Suppose the known Shot was 4 Inches Diameter, and weigh 9 pound, and it were required to find the Diameter of a Shot, whose weight is twice as much, that is 18, find the Cube-Root of each Shots weight, then multiply the Diameter of the Shot whose weight is known, by the Cube of the Diameter of the Shot whose weight is required; and that Sum divided by the Cube of the Diameter of the known Shot and the quotient is the Diameter required. Example. By the former Rule, or by the Ta­ble, the Cube of the pounds will be found to be 2, 08, and the Cube of 18 will be 2, 62, now multiply this last number by 4, and it makes 9, 48, which divided by 2, 08 will give in the quotient 5, 03 for the Diameter required.

This question may very easily be wrought by the Line of numbers, thus; divide the distance between 9 and 18 into three equal parts, and that extent will reach from 4 In­ches to 5, 03 Inches, the Diameter required.

QUEST. III.

How the former question may be Resolved Geometrically.

Make a Square of the Diameter of the lesser Bullet, then draw a Line from Corner to Corner, and this Line thus drawn shall be the Diameter of a Shot twice the weight of the other; which if you divide into two equal parts, setting one foot of your compasses in the middle, you may draw a Circle, and that circumference will represent unto you a Bullet twice the weight of the lesser Diameter.

This work may be proved Arithmetically thus; the Diameter of the lesser Bullet is 4 Inches, the Square thereof 16, which being doubled is 32; and the square Root of this 32 is 5, 65, and so much is the Diameter of the greater Bullet, which weighed 18 l. There ariseth here a difference between this way and the former, but this way is the most true; not but that both Rules are true in themselves, but the former de­pending upon finding the Cube Roots, which cannot be found much more exacter than what I have done, and so working by them, and they not being exact, causes the difference in the work.

QUEST. IV.

How to find the Diameter for the Weight of any Shot assigned.

Suppose a Shot of 27 l. be 6 Inches Diameter, how many Inches Diameter is a Shot of 64 l.

Find the Cube of 64 in the Table, and it will be found to be 4; which multiply by 6, and it makes 24; which divided by 3, the Cube of 27, and it gives 8 Inches for the Diameter of the Shot or Bullet which was required.

QUEST. V.

How this Question may Geometrically be resolved.

Mr. Gunter in his first Book, Section 4. hath shewed how to make a Line of Solids on his Sector; but this Rule shews us the proportion of the Diameters in Weight, ha­ving a Shot of one pound, two pounds, three pounds weight of Metal, or stone, &c. For if the given Shot be one pound, divide the diameter of that Shot into 4 equal parts, and 5 such parts will make a Diameter of a Shot of the said Metal, as is proposed, that shall weigh just twice as much. And divide the Diameter of a Shot that weighs just two pounds into seven equal parts, and eight such parts will make the Diameter of a Shot of 3 pounds weight. And Divide the Diameter of a Shot of 3 pounds, into 10 equal parts, and 11 of such parts will give a Shot of 4 pounds weight. And di­vide a Shot of 4 pounds weight into 13 parts, and 14 such parts will make a Shot of 5 pounds in weight. And divide the Diameter of a Shot of 5 pounds weight, into 16 equal parts, and 17 such parts will make a Diameter of a shot that will weigh 6 pounds. And so dividing the Diameter of a shot 6 pounds weight into 19 equal parts, and 20 such parts will make a Diameter of a shot that will weigh 7 pounds. Thus dividing each next Diameter into three equal parts more than the next less Diameter was divided into, and with one part added to the Diameter of a shot it will weigh just one pound more, and so may proceed infinitely.

A second way to Perform this work.

Find exactly the Diameter of a shot whose weight is just one pound, then describe a Circle whose Diameter shall be equal thereunto, and divide it into four equal parts, as a b c d, and draw the two Diameters a c and d b crossing the Center, and then take the distance d c in your Compasses, and lay it off from e to 2, and this will be a shot of two pounds weight.

Then take the distance d 2, in your Compasses, and set it off from e to 3, so will that distance be the Diameter of a shot of three pounds weight; and so you may proceed in the same manner at your pleasure; as you may see by the projection.

Likewise having the Diameter of a Shot of any weight, the double of the Diameter is the Diameter of a Shot that weighs eight times as much. So that if a Shot of four Inches Diameter weigh nine pounds, a Shot of eight inches Diameter will weigh seventy two pounds; as you may see by this following Table of the weights of Shot.

[nested circles inscribed by angles]
QUEST. VI.

If a Shot of three Inches and a half weigh sir pounds, what will a Shot of seven inches and three quarters weigh.

You may for 3½ put 3, 50. and for 7¾ put 7, 75. then you may Cube them the common way; then multiply the second by the third number, and divide by the first, the Quotient gives the content.

You may more easily work it by the Table of Cubes aforegoing; that is, against the Root 3, 50. you will find its Cube to be 42, 875; and against the Root 7, 75. you will find its Cube to be 46, 548. and this multiplyed by 6, and divided by 42, 875, will leave 65, 14. that is 65 pounds and [...] parts of a pound. In this nature may any Fractions be wrought, even as easie as whole Numbers, especially if you reckon your Fractions the Decimal way, or bring them into Decimal Fractions by Re­duction.

QUEST. VII.

The Proportions between Bullets of Iron and Bullets of Lead or Stone, that is, by knowing the Weight of an Iron Shot, to find the Weight of a Shot of the same Diameter made of Lead or Stone.

The Proportion between Lead and Iron is as 3 to 2, so that a Shot of two pound of Iron is the same Diameter as a Shot of 3 pounds of Lead.

Example. If a Shot of Iron of 3½ Inches Diameter weigh 6 pounds, what will a Shot of Lead of the same Diameter?

For 3½ Inches put 3, 5, and say, if 2 give 3, 5, what will 3 give? [...]

This 52½ pounds is the weight of a Shot of Lead of 3 Inches and a half Diameter.

The proportion between Iron and Stone is as 3 to 8, so that a Shot of 12 pound of stone is as big, or the same in Diameter, as the like Shot of Iron that weighs 32 pounds; but some say the proportion between Marble and Iron is as 15 to 34.

A Bullet of Lead to the like of Marble is in proportion as 4 to 1.

The proportion between Lead and Brass is as 24 is to 19.

The proportion between Iron and Lead, as some say, is as 19 to 28.

The proportion between Iron and Brass is as 16 to 18.

By these Rules we may Calculate a Table very easily, to know if an Iron Shot be wanting, and a Shot of any of the other metals to be had, what height and weight either Shot of Lead Brass or Stone ought to be, to fit any piece of Ordnance; and by the same method we have here Calculated a Table, which doth shew the weight of any Shot of Iron, Lead or Stone; from 2 Inches to 9 Inches.

This is worthy to be observed, that you ought not to have so much Powder to Load a Piece that must discharge a Marble Shot, as an Iron Shot; but the proportion must be abated as the proportions between Stone and Iron doth allow of.

A Table of the Diameter and Weight of all such Shot as are generally used in England, from one to eight Inches Diameter, with the length of every Piece fitting to carry such a Shot.
The Names of the Pieces of Ordnance.Diameter of the Bore.Length of the Gun.Weight of the Gun in pounds.Breadth of the Ladle.Length of the Ladle.Weight of the Powder.Diameter of the Shot.The weight of the Shot.He shoots point blank.
The Inches.The Parts.The Feet.The Inches.The Pounds.The Inches.The Parts.The Inches.The Parts.The Pounds.The Ounces.The Inches.The Parts.The Pounds.The Ounces.The Paces.
A Base.12/846/820020/840/80811/80560
A Rabanet.14/856/830024/841/801213/80870
Fauconets.22/860/840040/874/81422/81590
Faucons.26/870/875044/882/82425/828130
Ordinary Minion.30/870/8750 80050/884/82827/834120
Minion of the largest size.32/880/8100050/890/83430/8312125
Saker the lowest sort.34/880/8140064/896/83632/8412150
Ordinary Sakers.36/87 90/8150066/8104/84034/860160
Sakers of the oldest sort.40/8100/8180072/8110/85036/875163
Lowest Demiculvering.42/8100/8200080/8120/86440/890174
Ordinary Demiculvering.44/810 110/8270080/8126/87442/81011175
Elder sort of Demiculvering.46/812 130/8300084/8134/88844/81211178
Culverings of the best size.50/810 110/8400090/8142/810046/8150180
Ordinary Culvering.52/812 13 450094/8160/811650/8175181
Culvering of the largest size.54/812 1 [...]0/84800100/8160/811852/8200183
Lowest Demicanon.62/8110/85400114/8200/814060/8300156
Ordinary Demicanon.64/8120/85600120/8220/81786 [...]/ [...]/8320162
Demicanon of great size.66/8120/86000120/8226/818065/8360180
Canon Royal, or of80/812 8000146/8240/832874/8580185
QUEST. VIII.

How to make a Shot of Lead and Stone together (the Stone being first put into the middle of the Mold, in which the Lead must be afterwards Cast round about the Stone) to be of the like Diameter and Weight as an Iron Shot is of.

It is found by Experience that if you take five parts Lead, and one part of Stone, it will come very near the matter. By these Rules have we Calculated this Table.

It is found by experience, that if you take 5 parts Lead, and one part Stone, it will come very near the mat­ter, wanting not above 3 Ounces, which is nothing, respecting the diffe­rence you shall find in Pibble Stones. Here you have a Table how much Lead, and how much Stone must be together, to make the equal of Iron Shot, from 1 inch, and to every half in the first and second Column to 8 Inch. Diameter; the third Column is how much Lead, the fourth how much Stone, the fifth how much weight both together.

Inches.Quart.Lead.Stone.Both together.
Poun.Ou.Poun.Ou.Poun.Oun.
1 01 2/300 1/302
1206 ¼01 ¾08
2 0140412
220120824
3 32010312
32501050
4 7718815
42108221210
5 147214175
52194312230
6 25050300
6232060380
7 40080480
72480100580
8 590120710

Its use is thus; knowing the Diameter of the intended Shot, enter the Table in the first and second Columns, and against them, in the third and fourth Columns, you have the Weight of Lead and Stone, that will make a Shot of the same Diameter with a Shot of Iron, whose weight is in the fifth Column.

Example. An Iron Shot of 2 inches Diameter, will weigh 1 pound, 2 ounces; If I enter this Table with 2 inches, in the first Column against it, I shall find that I must have 14 ounces of Lead, and 4 ounces of Stone, and this will make a Shot of 2 inches Diameter equal to the weight of the Shot of Iron.

QUEST. IX.

To find the sollid Content, and thereby the weight of any Iron Shot.

By the former Table or otherwise, find the Cube of the Diameter, which if you multiply by 11, and divide by 21, gives the sollid Content of that Bullet in inches and parts.

Now to know how many pounds weight any such body doth contain, multiply the sollid Content by 4, and divide that Sum by 16, it will shew how many pounds of Iron that Bullet weigheth, for an inch square of cast Iron weigheth 4 ounces.

CHAP. XXVI.

Questions about Pieces of Ordnance.

BEfore we come to work what we intend concerning a Piece of Ordnance, it is necessary to understand these Propositions following.

PROP. I.

[...]aving the Diameter of a Circle, to find the superficial Content.

Multiply the square of the Diameter of any Circle by 785 398, and the product that shall come of that Multiplication is the Superficial Content.

PROP. II.

Having the Diameter of any Circle, to find the Circumference thereof.

The common way of proportions is, as 7 to 22, so is the Diameter to the Circum­ference; but more exactly it is done, if you multiply the Diameter by 3, 14, 16, or it may be done thus, as 113 is to 355, so is the Diameter to the Circumference.

PROP. III.

Having the Circumference of a Circle, to find the Superficial Content.

Multiply the Square of the Circumference by 079, 578 will give the Superficial Content, or Multiply the Diameter by half the Circumference, and that Sum is the Superficial Content.

PROP. IV.

Having the Circumference of any Circle, to find the Diameter.

Multiply the Circumference by 318 308, gives the Diameter of that Circle.

PROP. V.

To measure the Frustrum of a Cone or Pyramid, knowing both the Diameters and length of the said Frustrum.

Multiply the Diameters one by the other, and add to them both their Squares, and that Sum divided by 785 39, the one third part of the Remainder is the Content of the Cone.

PROP. VI.

By knowing the weight of any one Piece of Ordnance, to find the weight of any other Piece of Ordinance.

If a Saker of 4 inches Diameter weigh 1400l. how much will a Cannon of 8 inches Diameter weigh, supposing they be equally fortified, (otherwise this Rule will not hold true) Cube each Diameter, or seek in the foregoing Table, and you will find the Cube of 4 to be 64, and of 8 to be 512, then say as 64 is to 1400l. so is 512 to 12919 pounds, and this is the weight of a Cannon that is able to carry a proportionable Charge.

PROP. VII.

To find the sollid Content of the Concavity, Cylinder, or Soul of a Piece of Ordinance.

By the Rules given in the first of these Propositions, find the Superficial Content or Ayrea of the end of the Cylinder, which multiplyed by the length, will give the sollid Content.

PROP. VIII.

To find the sollid Content of the Soul or Concave of a Piece of Ordnance, if it be Tapering, or the Section of a Cone.

The working of this Proposition is the same as in the fifth Proposition, or you may for brevities sake, add both the Diameters together, and the half of that may be accounted the mean Diameter, by which you may find the Superficial Content by the first Proposition, which multiplyed by the length, gives the sollid Content.

PROP. IX.

How by knowing the weight of any one Piece of Ord­nance, to find the weight of any other, being of the same shape.

With your Crallapars take the greatest thickness of the Piece whose weight you know, and likewise of the Piece whose weight you know not; then by the former Table find the Cube of each Diameter, then say, as the Cube of the Diameter of the Piece whose weight is known, is to the weight of the same Piece, so is the Cube of the Diameter of the Piece whose weight is unknown, to its weight sought.

But if the Pieces be not of one and the same Metal, after you have found the weight, supposing it to be the same Metal, then you must by the Rules given in the 24 Chapter, proportion the weight according to the Metal the Piece is of, whose weight you know not, and if the Piece whose weight you know, do differ in propor­tion, as if one be of Iron, the other of Brass, the proportion is as 16 to 18, &c.

PROP. X.

By knowing the weight of any one Piece of Ordnance, to find the weight of any other Piece of Ordnance, although dif­fering in shape or form, knowing the Diameters at Britch, Muzzles, and length of the Pieces.

By the Rules given in the ninth Proposition, find the sollid Content of the Piece whose weight you know, supposing it to be a sollid body without a Chamber.

Then take the sollid Content of the Concave part, by Rules given in the seventh Proposition, if it be a Cylinder; or by the ninth Proposition, if it be Tapering. This latter Content that is of the Concave being deducted from the former Content of the whole Piece, gives the sollid Content of the whole Metal in the Piece.

Observe the same Rule in finding the sollid Content of the Piece whose weight is unknown; Cube both the sollid Contents, and say, as the Cube of the sollid Con­tent of the Piece whose weight is known, is to his weight; so the Cube of the sollid Content of the Piece whose weight is unknown, is to his weight; but if they be not of one and the same Metal, we must work by proportions, according to the Rules given in the 24th. Chapter.

By these Rules, when Weights and Scales have been wanting, have I found out the weight of several Pieces of Ordnance; and if exact account be taken with good judgment and consideration had, of the difference of the Trunions and Britch end, especially if there be any great difference in the Pieces, you cannot erre much; for the Rule being demonstratively true, the operation truly done, can­not erre.

PROP. XI.

To find the weight of any Piece of Ordnance, where we have no other Piece of Ordnance, whose weight is known.

Find the sollid Content of the Metal according to the Rules given in the tenth Proposition; then multiply that by 4, and dividing that Sum by 16, will give the weight of the Piece, supposing it to be Iron; for it is generally allowed that one inch square of Iron will weigh just four ounces.

If the Piece whose weight you seek be not of Iron, but of some other Metal; then work by the Rules given in the 24th Chapter, for the difference of the weight of Metals.

CHAP. XXVI.

To know the Allowance or Proportion of Pow­der proper for any Piece of Ordnance.

THe general way is to allow for such Brass Pieces as are above 4000 l. five ounces and a half of powder to a hundred weight of Metal.

But for Culverin of Brass fortified of above 4000 l. about 3 ounces and a half compleat; yet there is used also generally for the proof of Shot three fourths or four fifths of the weight of the Iron Shot, but for the Service not above half the weight of the said Shot.

For Culverin, the whole weight of their Shot for proof and for action, is two thirds of its weight.

The Saker and Faulcon four fifths, the weight of their Shot; and for lesser Pieces the whole weight, and one third more for proof; but for action just its weight: but when they grow hot, a part must be abated according to discretion.

You must note, if you know how much Powder will Load a Brass Piece, three quarters so much will Load an Iron Piece of Ordnance.

SECT. I.

If Weights and Scales be wanting, and Ladles and the Car­tredge not marked, yet to judg a reasonable Charge for any Piece of Ordnance.

The Allowance that may be made for Cannon is two thirds, the Diameter of the Cylinder for Culverin three Diameters, for the Saker three and a half Diameters, and for lesser Pieces four Diameters of the Cylinder, which length will also serve for the Cartredge.

SECT. II.

By the weight of Powder for any one Piece, to find the weight of Powder proper to any other Piece of Ordnance.

To perform this work you must find by the foregoing Table the Cube of the Dia­meter of the bore of the Piece, whose allowance of Powder you know; also the Cube of the Diameter of the bore of the Piece, whose allowance of Powder you desire to know: Then say, as the Cube of the known Piece is the quantity of Powder known, so is the Cube of the Diameter of the unknown Piece to the quantity of Powder pro­per to the unknown Piece.

SECT. III.

Practical Experiments concerning the Allowance of Powder necessary to any Piece in time of Service.

It is always necessary to take care in time of Service of over-loading a Piece, which Error many run into, only minding the bore of a Piece, and not minding whether the Metal will bear it, and so endanger themselves and other standers by. To avoid such errors observe these experienced Rules.

To a Demy-Cannon fortified of Brass about 4400, or a little more, there is allowed by the Tower 5 ounces and a half of Powder to every hundred weight of Metal; yet in time of Service Gunners do allow but 3 ounces ¾ to every hundred weight of Me­tal, which doth amount to 10 l. ¼.

Demy-Cannon Drake of Iron about 3800 l. is allowed by the Tower 3 ounces and a half of Powder to every hundred weight of Metal, which will be durable in time of Service; but there are Drakes of 4400 l. which must be allowed more, according to the proportion of their weight.

Culverin fortified Brass of 4600 l. is allowed by the Tower 3 ounces and a half of powder compleat to every hundred weight of Metal, which may be burnt in time of Service with very little abatement.

Culverin Drakes of 4000 l. or thereabouts of Iron, for these Pieces may be allow­ed in time of Service 3 ounces to every hundred weight of metal, but proportiona­bly must be allowed for Pieces of greater or lesser weight.

The 12 Pounders fortified of Brass of 3200 l. for Guns of this weight and nature is usually allowed 3 ounces and a half for every hundred weight of Metal.

Demy-Culverin Brass of 3300 l. there is allowed by the Tower for Pieces of Ord­nance of this nature 3 ounces and a half and somthing more, to every hundred weight of Metal, the which is approved a very sufficient Allowance.

Demy-Culverin Drakes of 2900 l. is allowed by most two ounces three quarters to each hundred weight of metal, which will be durable in time of Service.

Saker fortified Brass of 2000 l. is allowed 3 ounces and somthing more for every hundred weight of Metal, but there may be a small abatement in time of Service.

CHAP. XXVII.

To know whether a Piece of Ordnante be truly bored or no.

YOu must provide a Pike-staff, about a foot longer than the bore of the Piece, and at the end thereof fasten a Rammer head, that will just fill all the bore to the touch hole; and at the other end of the staff, you must bore a hole big enough to put through a Rod of Iron, which must hand from the same; and at the other end of the Rod must be made a weight about the bigness of a Saker Shot, this is done to make the Pike-staff and Rammer head to lie with the same side upward when they are taken out of the Piece, as they did when they were within the Piece; then you must put your Instrument thus prepared into the Piece, letting the Iron Ball (that is at the end of the Rod, which is put through the hole bored a cross the Pike-staff) hand per­pendicular; then take your priming Iron, or some other bodkin, and put it down the touch hole to the Rammer head, making a mark therewith; this done, draw out your Instrument, and lay the same on a long Table, with the Iron Ball hanging off the end perpendicular, as it did when the Instrument was in the Piece; then observe, whether the mark you made upon the Rammer head when it was in the Piece, be just upon the uppermost part of the same, if it be, the bore of the Piece lies neither to the right hand nor to the left; but if you find it any thing to the right or left hand, so much lyeth the bore either to the right or left, and the Piece in Shooting must be or­dered and charged accordingly.

But if you would know whether the bore lie more upwards or downwards, then bend a Wire at the very end, so that it being put in at the very touch hole, may ketch at the metal when it is drawn out, then put the Wire down the touch hole till it touch [Page 47] the bottom of the metal in the Chamber, then holding it in that place, make a mark upon the wire just even with the touch hole, after draw up the wire until it ketch at the metal on the top of the Chamber, and holding it there, make a mark as before; the difference between the two marks is the just wideness of the Chamber, and the distance between the first mark and the end of the Wire (having half the Diameter of the Chamber of the Piece substracted from it) will leave half the Diameter of the Piece, if the Piece be true bored; but if the Piece's number be more than half the Diameter of the Piece, the bore lieth too far from the touch hole, and the upper part of the me­tal is thickest, but if lesser, the lower part of the metal is thickest or hath most metal.

CHAP. XXVIII.

Of the necessary Instruments for a Gunner, with several other necessary things.

A Master Gunner intending upon service, ought most chiefly to be prepared with these Instruments, as Calabers, Compasses, height board, Sight Rule, Gun­ners Scale, and a Gunners quadrant; to divide as well into 12 as 90 equal parts, with a Geometrical Square, to make Montures, Levels, heights, Breadths, Distances, and Profundities, (of which you shall read more in the Second Part;) also with a little brass Level, Scales, Weights, Priming-Irons, Moulds to make Cross-bar Shot for Mus­quets, a Book of Accompts, and an Iron wire or Spring, and a Transome to dispart a Piece of Ordnance; that the Transome may go up and down according to the Dia­meter and thickness of the Piece, let the Transom be long enough to reach the base Ring, from the touch hole. In the next place he ought to be very expert in the know­ledg of cutting out, making up, and finishing all sorts of Ladles, Spunges, Rammers, Cartredges, &c. For which purpose you may have Recourse to the foregoing Ta­ble. And because it may somtimes happen by reason of the steepness, badness and une­venness of the way, you may be driven to dismount and remount your Piece, e're you get up to the top of a Hill; therefore you must carry with you a Gynn and a Wynch, with all the appurtenances thereunto belonging; as wind Ropes, an Iron Goats-foot, with a Crow, Pins, Truckles, Pullies to help you at a dead lift.

CHAP. XXIX.

The making of Rammers, Spunges, Ladles, and Cartredges, Formers, Carriages, Wheels, Trucks &c. with the Height of Shot fit for any Piece.

FOr the better expedition of this work we have in the former Table shewed the length and breadth of each Ladle, always remembring that you cut each Ladle somewhat longer, that is, allowing so much more as must be fastned to the staff, or so much as the staff goes within the Plate.

The Buttons or heads of the Ladles must be near the height of the shot.

For Spunges, the bottoms and heads must be of soft wood, as Birch and Willow, and to be one Diameter and three quarters in length, and three quarters or very little less of the height covered with Sheeps skin, and nayled with Copper nayles, so that together they may fill the hollow of the Piece; Let the bottoms and heads of the Rammers be made of good hard wood, and the height, one Diameter of the Shot, and the length one third of the Diameter of the Shot.

To make Ladles for Chamber bor'd Pieces, open your Compasses to the just Di­ameter of the Chamber within one eighth part of an Inch, Divide that measure in two equal parts, then set the measure to one of them, and by that distance upon a flat or paper draw a Circle, the Diameter of that Circle is one fourth part shor­ter than the Diameter of the Chamber; Take three fifths of that Circle for the breadth of the Plate of the Ladle. But for Cannon, the length ought to be twice and two third parts, to hold at twice the just Diameter of the Powder. As for Example,

The Diameter of a Circle drawn for a Cannon whose Chamber bore is 7 Inches, containeth six and three quarters, the circumference whereof is 21 Inches 6/7, and three fourth parts thereof is 12 ¾, and so much ought the Ladle to be in breadth, and in length 18 ⅔ parts. By this Rule you may make a Ladle for any Taper'd Piece.

Take notice for a general observation, that a Ladle 9 balls in length, and two balls in breadth, will near contain the just weight in Powder, that the Iron Shot for any piece weigheth.

Lastly, for Cartredges, they are generally made of paper Royal or Canvas. Take the height of the bore of your piece without the vent of the Shot, and cut the cloath or paper of 3 such heights, for the Cannon in length 3 Diameters, for the Culve­rin 4 Diameters, for the Saker and Faulcon &c. half of the height of their proper bores, and leaving in the midst at the top or bottome one other such height, to make a bottom for the Cartredge, cutting each side somthing larger for Sewing, glewing, or pasting them together; you must have a great care to augment the goodness of your powder, and likewise the heating of your Piece, and so augment or diminish the quantity of Powder.

Let your Former be made to your Ordnance to the height of your Shot, and a convenient length longer than the Cartredge ought to be, and tallow it over first that the paper may slip off, and then put your paper on your Former. If you make your Cartredge of Canvas, half a Diameter more is allowed for seams, but if you make it of paper, half or three quarters of an Inch over-plus for pasting will serve, be­ing lapt once about the Former; having the bottom fitted upon the end of the Former, which must be hard and close pasted by the lower side of the Cartredge, then let the lower end of the Cartredge be pasted down hard round about the bottom, and let them be well dryed before you fill them, and mark them how high they must be filled.

And if you have no Scales nor weights by you for Cannons, put two Diameters and a half for the height the powder must come, for Culverin 3 Diameters, for Saker 3 and a half Diameters, for lesser Pieces four Diameters of the Cylinder.

For Carriages of Pieces of Ordnance for Land service the Rules are given thus one and a half the length of the Cylender is the length of the Carriage, and in depth four Diameters of the bore of the Piece at the fore end, in the middle three and a half, and at the end next the ground two and a half, let the thickness be the Diameter of the Shot, the wheels should be one half of the length of the Piece in height, but for Sa­ker and Minion you must exceed the former proportion by one twelfth part, the Faulcon and Faulconet by the sixth part.

The Naves, the Cheeks called Limbres, and wheels, are usually made of Elm, but the Transoms, Axeltreces, Fore-Carriage and Cross beams, are made of Oaken Timber.

For drawing of Guns by men in case horses be wanting, there is usually allowed to every sixty, eighty, or a hundred weight of metal to one man, according to the na­ture of the ground whereon they are to be drawn.

As for Sea Carriages, they are so well known to every Carriage-maker that they need not to be spoken of.

As for fitting Shot to each Piece, it is the opinion of most Gunners, that every Piece of Ordnance ought to have its Shot within one quarter of an Inch of the Diameter of the bore; others do say, that the one and twentieth part of the Diameter of the Piece's Cylender is more proper and correspondent for all sorts of Pieces whatsoever; Eve­ry man may make choice of that which by experience he finds best.

CHAP. XXX.

How a Gunner ought to charge a Piece of Ord­nance.

HAving shewed the compleat making of Pieces of Ordnance, and the preparing of powder and Shot, with the due allowance of powder fit for every Gun, with all the Instruments and Materials necessarily belonging to a Piece, as to its Rigging and Loading; It remains now, that we go Artist like to work to charge a Piece, and order all things for the best conveniency, and that the less danger may follow when you come to Action or Service; and for that purpose having planted your Piece upon the plat-form, have in readiness powder, Bullets, Linstocks, Scowrers, Ram­mers, and the rest of your things. Stick up your Linstock to Leeward of you; then to work with your Piece. First, cleer your Piece within with the Scowrer, and see that the touch hole be clear, and not stopped, and so clear, that no dirt or filth be in the same; Then let him that is by to assist, (for a Piece cannot be man­naged by less than two) bring the Budg-barrel with the powder just before the mouth of your Piece, put then your Ladle into the same and fill it, and if it be over-full, give it a little jog, that the overplus may fall down again into the barrel; after this, put it gently in at the mouth of the Piece, even until the end of the Ladle be thrust up to the Britch end of the Piece; then must you turn the Ladle gently and softly, and let it lie within the Chamber of the piece, drawing out your Ladle almost to the Muzzle of the Piece, put it back again to take up the loose corns, which were spilt by the way, and to bring them up to the Charge of powder; this done, the Gunner must draw out his Ladle, and take out of the Budg-barrel a second Ladle full, (by our former Rules given he must know the quantity of powder that his Piece will re­quire) and so putting it in the Piece up to the former Ladle-full, then you may draw it out, and do as you did before, that no loose corns may lie in the bottom of the Piece; and in drawing out his Ladle, he must have a care that he let not fall any powder upon the ground; for it is a thing uncomly in a Gunner, to trample powder under feet. Then take a wisp of Straw, Hay, or any other thing, and put it hard in at the mouth of the Piece, then turn your Ladle end for end to come to the Rammer, thrust it in­to the Piece after the wisp, and drive it up with it, and it will carry all the loose corns which possibly may be scattered in the Mold of the Piece; having driven the wad up to the powder, give it two or three gentle shoves to make it lie close only, but drive it not too hard least you break your powder too much, which would hinder its force; The wisp or wad being close to the powder, draw out the Rammer and put in the Bullet, which rowle gently in the Piece up to the wad that was before put in to keep up the powder; the Shot being in, put in a second wad after the Bullet, and thrust it also home to [Page 50] the Bullet. Always remembring whilst the powder is putting in and wadding up, one be ready at the touch hole and keep it stopt with his thumb, that no powder fly out at the touch hole, but that it be likewise filled with powder, which may be supplyed out of his powder-horn.

The Gunner that Loads a Piece is to be very careful, and indeavour always not to stand before the muzzle of his Piece whilst he is loading the Piece, but on one side of the same, least a danger or mischief might happen to him. And thus the Piece ha­ving its due Charge of Powder and Bullet, he must cover the touch-hole with an Apron made of Lead, or for want of that, with dryed Sheep-skin; then let him level his piece and set away the Budg-barrel of powder with the rest of his things, in some hollow place under the ground covered over safe; he must then attend the Gentleman of the Ordnance, or other chief Commander, their Order or Command, before he give fire.

Touching the Charges of Pieces, I have given full instructions necessary there­unto, with the weight of powder and Shot for any piece. But to say something here touching the quantity of powder, proper for a Load; we do find some dif­ference amongst Authors; Some whereof do maintain, that there ought to be allow­ed to every Piece for its Charge so much powder as half the weight of the Bullet; o­thers are of the opinion, that the more powder is put into a Piece, the swifter and farther the Bullet will flye, urging many reasons to prove it. But experience, the Mistress of this Art instructeth us better, for if a Piece be loaden with two thirds of the weight of her Shot in powder, it sends the Bullet or Shot going more swiftly, and will carry it farther, which hath been very many and often times tryed, so that at this time, 'tis without contradiction.

Again, others do maintain, that if one should forcibly Ramme the Bullet, then the powder might take fire before it cast forth the Bullet, and then would cause the Bul­let to flye farther than otherwise it would do; but you must consider in so doing, you either endanger the breaking of the piece, or else the making it crooked and unser­viceable; because your ordinary Pieces will not bear so great a Charge of powder. This hath been tryed by the Sea side before his Excellency Prince Maurice, of famous memory, where first one and the same Piece was Loaden with ten pound of fine pow­der, to see how far She would carry the Bullet; the place being marked where the Bullet rested. The Piece was loaden again with nine pounds of powder which shot as far as when the Piece was Loaden with ten pounds of powder. But last of all, this piece of Ordnance being Loaden or Charged with 7 pounds of the same powder, it carried her Bullet further than the two former Shots; whence one may observe that a piece of Ordnance may be over-Charged, and therefore a good Gunner ought to have a singular care to give unto his Piece her due measure and Charge.

CHAP. XXXI.

Of the Office and Duty of a Gunner, with all his Properties, Endowments and qualifications.

HE that intends to be a Master Gunner, and would not abuse himself nor others of the same profession, must be qualified according to our Instructions follow­ing, viz.

He ought to be well skilled in Arithmetick, and to understand the Extraction of the Square and Cube Roots, and to have knowledge in Geometry, according to our [Page 51] Instructions in the second part, whereby he may be able to take heights, depths, breadths and lengths, and to draw the plot of any piece of ground, to make Mines and Countermines, Rampars, Baskets of earth, and such like things used in time of war, as well offensive as defensive.

He ought most chiefly upon Land-Service to be well skilled in the making Plat­formers, with Defences, Troniers, Gabbions, Loops, Parapets of Earth, and Pag­gots of 23 or 24 foot high; two foot high of Earth, bed upon bed, unto eleven foot high, and after three foot Terra plene, to raise the Tronniers and Loops, so that for the Cannon it be three foot wide in the Barbe, and within twelve foot wide, without the lower part thereof to descend Scarp-wise, the better to discover the E­nemies avenues and offend them more freely, for avoiding the blast and Smoak and ruine it would else make: for Culverin two foot and a half within, and nine foot without will serve; and for less Pieces the less measure.

If the Battery be to be made with Gabbions, they being filled with Earth without Stones, moistned and Rammed 7 foot in Diameter, three Ranks between two Pieces, if the place will permit, or two at least; and three Rows also one before the other, setting one between two, so that if one Rank will have three, the second will have two, and the third one; but it will be hard to make a safe Battery with Gabbions, Cannon or Culverin proof.

Concerning Plat-forms. Let the platform for a Cannon have thirty foot for reverse, and 27 foot for a Demy-Cannon, and he ought to see that his plat-forms be even, or rising one foot for 20 foot backward the better to stay the Reverse, and fa­cilitate the bringing the piece when Loaden to the Loop. The platform ought to be made clean, that no stones or other things lye in the way for the wheels to run upon, whereby may be hindered the true intent of his Shot.

He must before any service is, examine his Piece of its goodness or defect; according to our former Instructions given in this behalf, he must also be furnished with all necessary things for his Artillery, the particulars thereof we have mentioned in the 29 Chap. but because it takes not up much paper we will repeat them here again, viz.

Wheels, Trucks, Axeltrees, Ladles, Rammers, Spunges, Worms, Tampions, height-board, Auger-bit, fitness and roundness of the Shot, Chane-Shot, Cross­bar Shot &c. Canvas or strong paper for Cartredges, Calabers, Compasses, Sight Rule, Gunners Scale, Quadrant, Scales, Weights, priming-Irons, and Aprons to cover the Touch hole.

Before he come upon Service, he ought to examine and prove the goodness of his Powder and Match, and examine it according to the Rules given where we treat of the Examination of the goodness of Powder.

A Gunner ought to be most careful to see that the Powder be placed safely from danger of his own, as also the Enemies Ordnance, and to be furnished with artificial Torches, Dark Lanthorns, with all sorts of Fire-works, of which you shall have a particular account in the Treatise of Fire-works at the end of this Book.

He must have by him his Gyn and Winch, Hand-Spikes, Crowes, to mount and dismount Guns at pleasure as occasion may serve, also Coynes, Budge-Barrels, Powder Baskets to carry Shot to your Piece, to keep his Linstocks well armed with good Match.

He must alwayes have by him a Ruler, Scale, Compasses, to measure the Dia­meters or Bore of every Piece, and likewise the length of the Cylinder within, the better to fit her with due Shot and Proportion of Powder.

He must learn by such Instructions as we have already given, the Names, Length, Weight, and Fortification of every Piece about the Chamber, and to tell readily how much Powder is a due Charge for every Piece, and what Shot is neces­sary. How many Persons must attend in time of Service, how many Horses or Oxen will draw a Piece of Ordnance, and in case they be wanting, how many men will serve. How many pound weight of Shot one man may drive before him in a Wheel-barrow from place to place.

A Gunner ought chiefly to Charge and Discharge a Piece of Ordnance Artist like; and when he opens, or orders to be opened the head of a Powder Barrel, let no Iron Tool be used thereunto for fear of taking or striking fire; for that purpose therefore it is usual to have wooden Mallets, which will prevent such dangers.

Every Gunner before he beginneth to make a Shot, ought to consider that a wad of Hay, or of untwisted Ropes, will make the Shot shoot wide of the Mark.

He ought to consider whether the Trunions be placed in their due place in the Carriage, whether the Carriage have its due length, whether one wheel be not higher than the other, or whether one wheel doth not reverse quicker or sooner than the other, for these will cause the Piece to erre, and to shoot wide of the Mark.

Every Gunner ought to consider, that if his Piece lye point blank or under Metal, then he ought to put in a sufficient wad after the Shot, to keep it close to the Powder; for if it should not be close, great danger might follow; for if the Shot should lodge any distance from the Powder, then in the firing of that Piece it would break off in that very vacant place between the Shot and the Powder, and so do dammage to himself or standers by. If your Piece be mounted, you then use no wad at all after the Shot.

Every Gunner ought to have standing by him some Tubs of water to wet his Spunges in, whereby to cool his Piece in time of Service, as also to be ready upon occasion to put out any Fire that might happen in time of Service.

Every Gunner ought to try whether his Piece is truely bored or not; if it be not, he is to take it into consideration, and to order his proportion of Charge, according to the thinnest part of the Metal, to prevent all danger.

A Gunner ought to take his Observation of the Mark or place he intends to direct his Shot to, just over the middle of the bore within the Piece, for by this means he may be able, by his Skill, to make a true Shot in a bad Piece.

A Gunner, that he may the better direct his Shot to the place desired, ought to consider the difference of the Metal of the Piece at Britch and Muzzle, and thereby truely how to dispart a Piece, be it either true bored or not. Of disparting a Piece, I shall shew how it may be done several wayes in the following or second part of this Gunnery; where we come to the practical part of the Art in handling a Piece of Ordnance upon all occasions.

THE Compleat Gunner. THE SECOND PART.

CHAP. I.

The Description and use of the Geometrical Qua­drant, for the taking Heights, Distances, Depths, &c.

FIrst, you must make a common simple large Quadrant thus with your Ruler, draw the Line A B, and with the Distance A B in your Compasses upon the Center A describe the Arch B D, then with the Distance A B, setting one foot of your Compasses in B, set it off upon the Arch B D, and it will reach to L, divide the Arch B L into two equal, parts and that will be at E; The distance O L, being set upwards from L, will reach to D; so then drawing the Line A D, will make the Quadrant A B D, and the Arch B O L D will be divided into three equal parts; now every one of those parts must again be divided into three equal parts, and every one of them into 10 equal parts, so will your Quadrant be divided into 90 equal parts, called Degrees.

[plumb line, quadrant, and compass]
Of the Scale.

From any part of the Lines A B and A D, at equal distance from the point A, as at g and h, raise two perpendicular Lines which will meet in the point m, which we divide here into 12 equal parts, but may be divided into 100 or a 1000 equal parts at pleasure, and the more parts they are divided into, the more exact will your work be; let these Lines g m and h m be marked into the Divisions from the point A.

Let two sights of Brass be placed upon the Limb of your Quadrant, at the places marked E and F.

Let the Division upon the Line h m, being next the sights, be [...] right shadow; the Division upon the side g m, left or contrary shadow.

Let a Line with a Plummet be fitted to your Quadrant falling from the Cen­ter A, as you see in your Figure.

CHAP. II.

The Use of this Quadrant in taking the Perpen­dicular or direct height, by help of the Suns sha­dow.

COnvey the left side of the Quadrant Geometrically towards the Sun, the Thread and Plummet having their free course, moving it up or down until both your sights have received the Sun-beams; then if your Thread be found in the twelfth part, all things that are upright or truly perpendicularly elevated, are equal in height with their shadows.

If the Thread with the plummet be observed to cut any of those parts next the sights, called right shadow, between m and h, then every upright thing is more than the sha­dow, by such a proportion as 12 exceeds the parts where the Thread was found.

If the Thread fall upon the first division, then 12 times the shadow is the height. If it fall upon the second Division, 6 times the shadow is the height. If it fall upon the third Division, 4 times the shadow is the height. If it fall on the fourth Division, 3 times the shadow is the height. In the fifth Division twice and two fifths of the shadow is the height. In the sixth twice, in the seventh once, and five sevenths in the eighth Division, one and a half in the ninth, one and a third in the tenth, one and a fifth part in the eleventh, once and the eleventh part of the shadow is the height on the twelfth part, then the length of the shadow is the height, as we said before.

Or in few words it may be done thus, Multiply the length of the shadow by 12, the product divided by the parts in which you found the Thread, your quotient sheweth the height.

But if the part cut be on the contrary shadow, that is, if the Thread fall between g and m, augment then the length of the shadow by the parts declared by the plummet, and the increase divide by 12, and the product is the Altitude.

[woodcut of people using quadrants to measure the height of a tower]

Example. In the Foregoing figure it is plainly to be perceived, when the figure falleth upon the 12 Division, the shadow is equal with the thing it self; In the 6 of the right, it [Page 56] is but half, in the 6 of the contrary it is twice the height, and so to conclude, as the side in the right exceeds the parts, so doth the Altitude the shadow; and the contrary in the contrary shadow. Behold the figure 6 where you will find the Thread cutteth 6 parts of the contrary shadow upon the Quadrant, the shadow B C then being 210 foot, multiply (as I have said) the length of the shadow 210 foot by 6, the parts cut by the Thread, and it makes 1260, and that divided by 12 riseth 105, which is the Altitude of such a body, that casts a shadow of 210 feet.

Also the height of any unknown thing may be known by taking the length of its shadow, and the length of the shadow of any staff set upright whose length is known, saying, as the length of its shadow is to its height, so the length of the shadow of the unknown thing is to its height.

CHAP. III.

Without Shadow or any Supputation by your Quadrant Geometrical, to take heights ap­proachable.

LIft up ingeniously your Quadrant exactly made towards the thing to be measu­red, looking diligently through both sights backward or forward, as occasion is given, until you see the top, so that your Line or Thread fall just upon the middle of 12 Division; now if you measure your distance from you to the foot of the Ob­ject, which is the point directly under the top, then have you the Altitude of the highest summitie to the right point or base in height equal with our standing, adjoy­ning with it the height of your eye downwards.

[woodcut of people using a quadrant to measure the height of a tower]

CHAP. IV.

With the Aid of two Stations to find out Inap­proachable heights.

SEek two Stations going hither and thither, yea, toward or from the thing you intend to measure, so that in the one place the thread may fall just in 12, and at the other Station in 6 points of a right shadow; then if you double the Distance of both places, the Summitie shall appear from that part of the thing measured, which is equal in height with your Eye; or if your standing be even with the Base, joyning to that double distance the height of your eye, you have the whole Altitude from the ground, &c. If the one Station cause the Thread to fall in 12, and the other in 8 of a right Shadow, then triple the Distance between the two Stations, so have you the height also: Or if the one be in 12, and the other in 9 of right shadows, then qua­druple the distance, the one under 12, and the other under 6 of the contrary sha­dow, and the place between both Stations is equal with that you measure, ever un­derstanding from your Eye upwards.

[woodcut of people using quadrants to measure the height of a tower]

CHAP. V.

How by the Quadrant, with Calculations, speedi­ly to find all heights accessible.

YOur Quadrant, as in the former Figure, handsomly elevated against or towards the thing to be measured, perceiving through both sights just the top, mark well the Division or points crossed by your Thread, whether it be of the right shadow, then multiply the distance between you and the foot of the Object by 12, and divide that Sum by the parts cut upon your Quadrant, which your Thread manifesteth; and the remainder is the height of the Object from your Eye.

But if the Thread fall upon contrary shadows, work contrarily, that is, augment it by the part, and divide that Sum by 12; Remembring ever to add the height of your eye downward to your quotient; so have you your desire, the Base being e­qual with your standing.

[woodcut of people using a quadrant to measure the height of a tower]

Example. Admit the Thread with the plummet note 6 parts of contrary, as you may see in the foregoing figure, the distance from the base A to your standing B 115 foot multiplied by 6, so have you 690, which divided by 12 yieldeth 57 [...] foot; to this adjoyn 5 foot (being the height of your eye from the ground) and so find the Altitude to be 62 ½ foot.

To find what part of your Altitude is Level with your Eye.

Cause the Plummet and Thread to fall upon the side of your Quadrant where the Degrees begin, which you will find before in the Description of the Quadrant to be the side A B, and then searching through the Sights that part, that which you can spye of your Altitude (the plummet hanging upon the said Line A B) is level with your Eye [...] the height whereof from the base compared with the Altitude of your Eye, discove­reth the inequality or difference of the ground, that is to say, how much higher or lower the base of the thing to be measured is than the ground at your Station, which difference, as you shall see cause, added or substracted from your heights found as is be­fore declared, yieldeth most exactly the true Altitude: And thus you may be assured never to err, how unequal or uneven soever the ground be.

You may also by two things of one length joyned thus in a right Angle, find the Altitude of any thing.

Let the end C be applyed to your Eye, then go

[two lines forming a right angle]

backward or forward as you shall see cause, till you can espye the top and Base of your Altitude by the Extreams A B; and in so doing, the distance between your foot and the Base is equal to the height, with­out adjoyning the Altitude of your eye, which in all the rest before shewed is required. Only here you must take heed so to couple A B and C D, that in beholding the Altitude, your Line A B may de­pend perpendicular or parallel to the height. In like sort may you mete the distance of any two things in sight, and that exactly, if you use discretion in placing A B, that it be always parallel to the thing measured, which may easily be done by help of a Line and Plummet upon the side A B.

CHAP. VI.

To Measure the Distance any place is from the top of a Castle or Work.

THis Work is Performed as the former in the 2d. Chap. only here with a Plum­met and Line we take the heighth or depth from the top of the Castle A, to the foot of the Castle B; and suppose that to be equal to the distance there taken, and the distance B C equal to the height, and then work by the Rules there given, and you will find the distance C B. This is so plain there needs no Example.

CHAP. VII.

To get the Length or Distance of any place or Mark in sight, be it never so far, without In­strument.

AMongst many practices I find this the onliest way to obtain our desire without the help of an Instrument, yet in this is necessarily required to have ground e­nough at liberty on one side. Then begin thus; at the beginning of your Length set up a staff or mark that may be seen afar off, then go from it Orthogonal or Square-wise on which side you will 200 foot; the more ground the better; Put up there a staff also: now convey your self to the first staff or mark, going back from it 300 foot, more or less, at your pleasure, set up there a third staff so, that the first mark or staff and it a­gree all in a streight Line from your sight to the farthest part of your length by the judgment of your eye; now go side-wise from thence as far in a right Angle, until the second mark offer it self aright between the extream part of your length and sight, and [Page 58] [...] [Page 59] [...] [Page 60] there put the fourth staff. All this performed, seek out the distance between the first staff and the Second, and that name your first distance; then the distance between the first and third, name your second distance; Again, the distance between the third and fourth staff is the third distance. Deduct your first distance from the third, so re­maineth the Divisor; then multiply your third distance by your second, and the pro­duct divide by your Divisor, the quotient sheweth the true length from the third staff to the fortress or mark desired: for plainness behold the figure.

[triangle with labeled angles and sidse, a castle wall at its apex]

Example. Here this Letter A represents the Castle, being the distance to be measured; B is your first staff; C the second staff, differing from B the first Orthogonal 100 foot; D the third staff, being distant back from the first in a Right line with the mark A 133 foot; E is the fourth staff, running sidewise Orthogonally, or in a Square, from the third, until the farthest part of your length A, is perceived in a right Line with the second staff at C; and this distance D E let be 120 foot. Now by Substra­ction take 100 from 120, there remaineth for a Divisor 20; then multiply 133 by 120, so riseth 15960, which divided by 20, and there cometh 798 foot, the true distance between D and A, from which if you abate A B 133, there remaineth B A your propounded distance.

But forasmuch as this conclusion is to be done without Instrument, and here Or­thogonal motions sidewise is required, it shall be requisite also to declare how an Orthogonal or Right angle is upon a sudden to be made; ye shall therefore (accord­ing to Pythagoras's Invention mentioned among the Definitions at the beginning of this Book) take 3 Staves, Cords, or such like, making the one 4 such parts, as the other is 3, and the third 5; This done, conjoyn their ends together, and the angle sub­tended of the longest staff is a right, which first placed at B, and after at D, directing one of his comprehending sides to A, the other shall guide you to C and E; or if you desire with more expedition to dispatch, and not to tarry the proportioning of Cords, or such like, to this Pythogarick Rule, take any 3 Staves, Sticks, or Threads, and conjoyn them, making a Triangle, it matters not of what form or fashion they be, [...] placing one angle thereof at B, turning one side to A, direct your self side­wise to the other, alwayes remembring to place the same angle at D, and departing sidewise again in like manner, in all the rest do as before is declared. Thus using any mean diligence, yuo shall most exactly measure any distance.

CHAP. VIII.

With Halbeards, Pikes, or any Staves, having no other Instrument, you may measure the Distance between any two Towers, Castles, or other Marks, lying in a right line from you, not coming near any of them.

YOu must first (as we have declared in the last Chapter) prepare a Triangle, with joyning any three Staves, or such like, together, which you must (at your standing) place in such sort, that one of the sides containing the Angles, may lye di­rectly toward the Mark: Then setting up a Staff, Pike, or other Mark there, depart sidewise, as the other side of your Angle shall direct you, so far as you list, the more ground the better, and there set up your second Staff or Mark; then go directly back from your first Staff (alwayes keeping it exactly between your sight and the Mark) as many score again, or Pike lengths, as you list, setting up a third staff; this done, you shall place the same Angle you used at your first Staff now again at your third staff, in all points as it was before; the one side of the Angle lying directly toward the first Staff, the other side will shew you whither you shall go to place your fourth Staff; for passing still in a right line with that side of your Angle, you shall at the last find the second justly scituated between you and the farthest Mark, and there set up the fourth Staff; then remove your Angle again to the second Staff, and placing there as be­fore, the one side even with the first Staff, pass on in a right line with the other, until you come directly between your nearest Mark and the fourth Staff, and there pitch up the fifth.

[woodcut offering bird's-eye view of fortifications, overlaid by triangles with labeled angles]

Now you must measure how many Paces, Halbeards, or Pikes length, are between your first and second Staff, deducting that from the distance between the third and fourth, and the Remainder shall serve you for a Divisor; then multiply your di­stance between the second and fifth Staff by the distance between the third and fourth, the product divide by your reserved Divisor, and it yieldeth in the Quotient the true distance between these two Marks. See the foregoing Figure.

Example.

Let A B be the two Marks, whose distance I would measure; my standing place where I set up my first Staff, I; in the middle, my Triangle made of three Staves, Hal­berds, Bills, or any such like things, K L M; the Staves or Halberds of which I make my Triangle N, which I first place at C, secondly at D, thirdly at E; and note, at C and D the scituation of the Triangle is all one, but at E it somewhat differeth, as you may behold in this Figure, which I would have you note, lest haply you be de­ceived in your practice.

C E the distance between the first and third, deducted from D F the distance be­tween the second and fourth, there remains H F your Divisor; which measured, I admit 50 Halberds lengths, the distance between G E 30 Halberds lengths, the space between D F 100 Halberds length, now 100 multiplyed by 30 produceth 3000, which divided by 50, leaveth in the Quotient 60. I conclude therefore the distance between A and B to be 60 Pikes lengths.

This one thing is to be taken notice of especially, that whatsoever you mete the space G E withall, that you use the same in measuring H F; and as for D F it matters not what you measure it withall, for your Quotient shall bear the same denomina­tion. Preciseness is to be used in placing of your Triangle, and in measuring E G, and H F, otherwise error may ensue; especially if D F be but a small distance, and the Angle at B very sharp. There needeth in this matter no further admonition, small Practice will resolve all doubts.

CHAP. IX.

To measure the distance between any two Forts, Castles, or other places, howsoever they be scitu­ated, though there be Rivers, or such like Impe­diments between, that you cannot approach nigh any of them; and that without an Instru­ment also.

LEt your Angles, as before hath been said, be prepared of any three Staves, &c. you shall first at pleasure set up one Staff, and applying thereunto your Angle in such sort, that the one containing side lye directly to one of the Marks (which here for distinction sake I will call the first) go backwards too and fro until you find your second Mark precisely covered with your Staff, nothing what part of the line or side subtending the Angle it cuts by your line visual, and there make a fine notch or mark upon that subtending Staff; which done, you shall go sidewise from the first erected Staff, as the other containing side of your Triangle will direct you, so far as you list, [Page 63] and then set up your second Staff; yet pass on from thence in a right line with that containing side of your Angle that riseth from your Staves, and cometh somewhat toward the Mark, and go so far until you spy your self just between your third Staff and your first mark, there set up your fourth Staff; then resort to your Angle again, and standing behind the second Staff, note whither a right line from the Angle to that notch (before made on the subtendent Staff or side of the Triangle) will direct you, for that way precisely shall you go on until you come in a right line with the second and third Staff, and erect there the fifth Staff; this done, measure the distance be­tween the second and third Staff, reserving that for a Divisor; then multiply your distance between the first and third Staff, by the distance between the fourth and fifth Staff, the product divide by your reserved Divisor, and it yieldeth in the Quotient the true distance between the two marks.

[trapezoids with labeled angles]
Example.

Let A B be the distance I would know, C my first Station where the first Staff is erected; I my Triangle made of three Staves, and placed at the Station C, directed with one of the containing sides to A, which is the first mark, as you may see in the Figure, and with the other side to D and E the second and third Staves; H is the notch or mark upon the side subtended to the Angle, where the line visual from C passeth to the second mark B; my Triangle now I scituate at D, as it was before at C, the one contained side lying even with the erected Staves, the other directed to my fourth Staff F, placed in a right line with E the third Staff, and A the first mark. Again, my line visual proceeding from D to H, the notch in the subrended side of the Angle is extended to my fifth Staff G, scituated exactly between E the third Staff, and B the other mark: This done, I measure the distance between my second and third Staff, finding it 20 foot; likewise between the fourth and fifth Staff, and find it 72 foot; finally between the first and third Staff 65 paces; so that according to the Rule before given, multiplying 65 by 72, I have 4680. which divided by 20, yieldeth in the Quotient 234, and so many paces is there between A and B.

I have not set out the Figures in just proportions answering to these numbers, for that is not requisite, but in such form as may best open and make manifest the scituation of the Staves and Triangle, wherein consists all the difficulty of this Practice.

CHAP. X.

How you may readily find out the distance to any Tower, Castle, Forts, &c. by help of the former Quadrant.

LEt the Quadrant be made upon a square Board as is there marked A D B Q. Let D B be divided into 90 Degrees or equal parts; and instead of the 12 equal parts, or right and contrary shadows, g m and h m, let the two sides D Q and B Q be divided each into 1200 equal parts, or as many as you please, and marked from the Center A, and have a Ruler or Index to be moved round upon the Center A [...] having two sights upon it, set just upon the feducial line of the Index, and let it be divided into such equal parts as the Lymb B Q, or D Q.

Let this Instrument thus fitted be handsomly placed upon its Staff, or otherwise, lay the feducial of your Index upon the beginning of the Degrees of the Quadrant, and turn your whole Instrument (the Index not moved) till you may espy through the sight your mark, then remove your Index to the contrary side of the Quadrant, placing the line feducial on the side line where the degrees end, and look through the sights, and in that very line set up a mark a certain distance, the farther the better; this done, take away your Instrument, and set up a Staff there, and remove the In­strument to the mark you espyed; set your Index on the beginning of the Degrees, moving your whole Instrument, till you find through the Sights the Staff at the first Station, then remove your Index (your Quadrant keeping its place) till you may again espy through the Sights your mark; which done, note the Degrees cut by the line feducial, and then work thus, upon some even smooth Superficies, whether it be Board, Plate, or Paper: Draw first a streight line, and open your Compasses to some small distance, call that space a score, and make so many such divisions upon your Line as there is scores between your Stations; then upon the end of your line raise a perpendicular, and fixing one foot of your Compasses at the other end, open­ing it to what wideness you please, draw an Arch rising from the same line that represents your Stationary distance, and dividing it into 90 equal parts or Degrees (as you was taught in the making your Quadrant) extend from the Center to the number of Degrees cut by your feducial line, a right line, until it concur with the perpendicular before erected; then see how much of that space (which representeth the score in dividing your Stationary distance) is contained in the perpendicular; so many score is the mark off from your first Station, and by dividing the Hypothenusal line, you may find the Distance from the second Station.

Example.

A the first Station, C the second, D the mark, A C 80 paces, Degrees of the Quadrant cut by the line feducial at the second Station is 71 d. ½, and H is the unity or measure representing one score, E F 4 parts, G F 12, G E 12 ⅔, or there­abouts: Thus may you conclude the mark to be distant from the first Station 12 score paces; the Hypothenusal line or distance of the mark from the second Station, 12 score and 13 paces.

See the Figure.
[woodcut of person using quadrant to measure distance between cannons and city walls]
To perform this Work by Calculation.

In the foregoing Figure, B is the place to be measured, A the mark where I first disposed my Instrument, from it I go Orthogonally to C, the Index suppose cuts there 400 in the right side of your square; the distance between B and C, I have supposed 80 paces; wherefore multiply 1200 by 80, and there cometh 96000, wh [...]ch divided by 400, declareth unto me 240 paces, the true length from A to B. Or by dividing 1440000, the square of 1200, with 400 the parts cut, you shall produce in the Quotient 3600, your proportionable part found by the Rule of Reduction, which augmented in 80, yieldeth 288000, and that divided by 1200, bringeth in the Quo­tient 240, which is the length A B agreeing with the former operation.

But if you would find C B, or the Hypothenusal line, being the distance between the second Station and the mark; then by the former Table of Squares, or with your Pen, find the Square of A C, and the Square A B the distance already found from the first Station, these two Squares added together, the Square Root of that Sum is the di­stance C B, viz. 253 paces; or if the Sum of the Square of A B and A C be sought for in the Table of Squares, you will find against it 253 paces, the length of C B, which was to be found; for the Square of A B more, A C is alwayes equal to the Square of C B, and the Square of C B less, the Square A C is equal to the Square of A B.

CHAP. XI.

To measure the distance between any two marks that lye in one right line from the Eye.

THis may be resolved by the former Proposition, measuring how far either di­stance is from your self, and then deduct the one from the other; or thus, another way, the side of your Geometrical Square directed towards them, depart Orthogo­nally, as is before declared, 100 or 200 paces at your pleasure, but the more the [Page 66] better; then place your Instrument again, turning the side of it towards the first Station, remove then the Index to either marks, nothing what parts at either place the Index doth cut of the Scale; and if the Index at both times falls on the left side, deduct the lesser from the greater; with the number remaining, augment this di­stance between your Stations, and dividing by the whole side of the Scale, your Quo­tient is the distance. If the Index fall on the right side at either time, then must you by the Rule given in the Ninth Chapter, reduce them into proportional parts; or if at one time it fall on the left side, and at another time on the right, then shall you only reduce the parts cut on the right side; which done, deduct as before is said, the lesser from the greater, and with the remainder multiply your distance Stationary, the pro­duct divided by 1200, yieldeth how far one mark is beyond another.

Behold the Figure.
[woodcut of person using quadrant to measure distance between cannons and city walls]
Example.

Admit A B the marks in a right line from C your first Station, D the second Sta­tion Orthogonally scituated from C, where your Square being placed, suppose your Index first cut 800 parts on the left side, and after 900 parts on the right side; you must divide the Square of 1200 by 900, as was taught in the former Chapter; so will your Quotient amount to 1600, from which if you withdraw 800, the parts cut on the left side, there will remain 800, which multiplye [...] by 200 paces, the di­stance Stationary C D, there amounteth 160000, this divided by 1200, yieldeth in the Quotient 133 ⅔; therefore the distance from A B, your mark, is 133 paces, 1 foot, and 8 inches.

CHAP. XII.

To measure the Distance between any two marks lying in one plain level ground, howsoever scitu­ated, without Arithmetick.

THis at two Stations may be done, as we have done before; but we will here sup­pose but one Station, knowing the distance from that Station to each place, and the Angle it makes with each Station; then by help of a pair of Compasses, and any line of equal parts, this is most easily wrought, as is well known to small Practi­tioners in this Art, it being also the 4th Question in Right-lined Oblique Tri­angles.

I did intend to shew the working of every one of these Questions by Logarithms; but considering a Gunner hath not alwayes such Tables by him (and if he have them and understands right-lined Triangles, doubtless he may easily apply them to this work) I therefore thought what I have done in this case to be sufficient.

CHAP. XIII.

The Description of an Instrument, whereby to plot out any Coast, Country, City or Garrison, and to take the distance to every Remarkable Object.

THis Instrument is four square, with a Circle in the middle, divided into 360 equal parts or degrees. Let the division of the square be from 1 to 100, or as many as you can; you must also have fixed to it an Index, with sight upon the same, as you may see by the Figure following in the next Page. It is called a Circumfe­renter or Geometrical Square.

To draw a Plot of any Coast or Country in such sort that you may readily tell how far any place is distant from you, or one from another.

YOu must ascend some high Tower, Hill, Cliff, or other place, from whence you may commodiously behold on every part those places you intend a Plot of, there set up your Instrument upon its staff, and in such sort place it by help of your Needle, that the four Semi-Diameters stand due East, West, North, and South; then turn your Index to Town, Village, Haven, Road, or such like, espying through the Sights the middle or most notable mark in them, noting withall in a Ta­ble by it self the degrees cut by the Index in your Instrument, which we call the Angles of position, and so make a Table of the first Station. Then search out [Page 68] [...] [Page 69] [...] [Page 68]

[square inscribed by a circle, its circumference divided into 360 degrees]

with your Eye, viewing round about, some other lofty place, from whence you may behold again all these places, for that shall be your second Station, and turning thereunto the Index of your Instrument, note what degree it toucheth; this done, remove your Instrument thither, and place it in all respects as 'twas before, and turn­ing the Diameter or Index of your Instrument to every place, espying through the Sight all such marks as you saw before, noting again the degrees [...]ut, or Angles of position, writing the names of every place, and its degree by it; so have you a Table also of your second Station; with these Tables you shall resort to some plain smooth superficies of Board, Parchment, Paper, or such like, and thereon describe a large Circle, divide it into 360 degrees, like to the Circle of your Instrument; then from the Centre thereof to every degree noted in your first Table, extend streight lines, writing upon every one of them the name of his place; and upon that line that represents your second Station fix one foot of your Compasses, opening the other at pleasure; and draw another Circle, and divide it also into 360 degrees, and from the Center thereof extend right lines to every degree noted in your second Table, writing as before upon every one of them the name of their places or marks; finally, you shall note diligently the concourse or crossing of every two like lines, making thereon [Page 69] a star or such like mark, with the names of the place [...] thereunto belonging. Now if you desire to know how far every of these Towns, Villages, &c. are distant from each other, you shall do thus, measure the distance between your Stations by Instru­ment or otherwise, as you have been before taught, and divide the right line between the Centers of your Circles into so many equal parts or portions as there are Miles, Furlongs, or Scores, between your Stations; then opening your Compasses to one of those parts, you may measure from place to place, alwayes affirming so many Miles, Furlongs, or Scores (according to the denomination of that one part where­unto you opened your Compasses) to be between place and place, as you find by mea­suring there are parts.

Example.

There is a Sea Coast having sundry Harbours, Towns, Villages, Castles, and such like scituated thereon, whose Plot in due proportion I require, with the exact di­stances of every place one from the other.

Having therefore elected a lofty [...]eat, from whence I may behold all these places (my Instrument scituated as is declared) removing the Index to a Castle that is far­thest, being a Castle standing in the mouth of a Haven, having received it through my Sights, the line fiducial of my Index cutteth 30 degrees; then I remove it to the next, being a Village or Fish Town, and the Index cutteth 50 degrees, and so round to all the rest; and thus I shall have the Table of my first Station, as followeth,

The Table of my first Station.
 Deg.
The Castle.30
The Village.50
The City.75
The Eastern Head of the Bay.95
The Western Head of the Bay.97 ½
The Fort within Land.130.

This done, I behold another Hill or high place; from whence I may in like manner view all those places, and turning my Index thereunto, I find the Line fiducial lying upon 180 Degrees; then carrying my Instrument thither, and placing it in all points there, as it was at the first Station, I turn my Index again to my first Mark or Castle, and find it to cut in 15 Degrees, at the second 25, &c. as you may see in this second Table.

The Table of my second Station.
 Deg.
The Castle.15
The Village.25
The City.40
The Eastern Head of the Bay.50
The Western Head of the Bay.55
The Fort within Land80.

With these Tables I repair to a Paper, Parchment, &c. and by the former Rules draw the Figure following.

[various labeled angles]

Having thus compleated your Plot, and found the distance between A and B to be 5 miles, make a Scale according to that distance, divide it into miles and parts, and with it you may measure your distance from place to place, or the distance from any of your Stations to each place, according as you have occasion.

Thus passing or changing your Station, you may make several Plots, containing the true proportion and distance of Towns, Villages, Ports, Roads, Hills, Rivers, and all other notable places throughout a whole Realm.

Thus I suppose we have writ all such propositions of measuring of heights, distances, and profundities, &c. as may be necessary to our work. We will next come to the more Practick part, of mannaging a Piece of Ordnance to do the best Service.

CHAP. XIV.

The Description and use of the Gunners Scale.

THis Scale is made according to the Diameter of our English Ordnance, not above 8 inches long, being the Diameter of a Cannon Royal; they are generally made of Box, Pear-tree, or Brass, any well seasoned Wood that will not warp may serve: Upon one side I have set the names of all sorts of Ordnance; and in the Angle of meeting with the names, is the Angle at the Bore; and between that and the next less Diameter, is the common length of such a Piece; and upon the step of bredth is the number of paces these Pieces shoot point blank; and right in the Angle of meet­ing, betwixt the two Diameters, with the Angle of meeting with the names, is first the weight of the Gun, the breadth of the Ladle, the length, weight of the Charge of Powder, the Diameter of the Shot, weight of the Shot, and a line of inches, and tenth parts of an inch. The Backside is also divided into inches and quarters of inches, and over them is shewed the weight of every Iron Shot answerable to those inches, with the [Page]

[Page 68] [...] [Page 69] [...] [Page 70] [...] [Page] [...] [Page] [Page 71] weight of the like Bullet in Lead and Stone; each being distinguished. You may also if you please have upon this side the Gunners Quadrant, and such other things as you shall think fit, as you may see in this Figure following, where all things are distinguished by their Names, and need no more Explanation.

You will observe by this Instrument, that the Ladle is but 3 Diameters of the Shot in length, and ⅗ part of the Circumference, from the Cannon to the whole Culvering, and the charge of Powder will be found to be about 2 Diameters of the Piece; from the Culvering to the Minion, the Charge may fill 2 Diameters and a half; and from the Minion to the Base 3 Diameters; but of this matter we have spoke at large in the first part of this Book; but there having left out the Table of Periors and Drakes, I thought good here to insert it.

A necessary Table of Periors and Drakes proportioned.
Names of Pieces.Height of the bore in inches.Length in Diameter.Weight in met. pound.Weight of Powder.Length of the Ladle.
Canon Perior.9. 10. 12.835003, 3 [...]/ [...] 43
D. Canon Drake.6 ½1630009 pound.4 ½
Culvering Drake.5 ½16200054 ½
D. Cul. Drake.4 ½1615003 ½4 ½
Saker Drake.3 ½18120024 ½

CHAP. XV. How to make a true Dispart of any true bored Piece of Ordnance.

KNow first, that to dispart a Piece of Ordnance, is no otherwise than to bring the Diameter at Muzzle to be equal to the Diameter at the Base Ring; in true founde [...] Ordnance, half of the Diameter of the Cylender is the dispart; but more generally it may be done thus, Gird the Piece round about the Britch with a thred, after do the like by the Muzzle Ring, lay these two strings streight upon a Table at length, and make two marks for the length of each string; divide the distance between each of these two marks into 22 equal parts with your Compasses, and 7 of them are their Diameters; then measure how much each Diameter is in length, and substract one Diameter from the other, then take the just half of the difference, and that is the true dispart of your Piece in inches, and part of an inch.

But these Diameters are better and more artificially taken with a pair of Crallipars, as we have shewed before in taking the Diameter of a Shot, and then measured upon your Scale of inches and parts, will give you the true Diameters of the Piece both at Britch and Muzzle, with which work as above.

Also you may find the true dispart of a Piece thus; Put a small Wyer or priming Iron in at the Touch-hole of the Piece to the bottom of the Concave; then mind what part of that Iron is even with the Base Ring, and make a mark there; then take it out and apply it to the Muzzle, and place it upon the lower edge of the Concave of [Page 72] the Piece as upright as you can, and mind what part of the Iron or Wyer is even with the upper part of the Muzzle Ring, and there make a mark; for the difference between these two marks, is the true dispart of the Piece: or after you have placed your Iron upon the Muzzle as before, cause a dispart to be raised so high as that mark which was made upon the Iron when 'twas put down the Touch-hole.

If from the top of the dispart a fine thread or line be carried to the Muzzle Ring, you will see how high you may make a dispart at the Trunions.

Or thus a dispart may be made at the Trunions; lay a peece of soft Wax upon the Trunions, and let one raise it high, or depress it, until that the Metal at the top of the Base Ring, the Wax between the Trunions, and the dispart of the Muzzle, be all three of one height precisely; but the former way with a thread is more exact.

A Piece of Ordnance may be disparted thus; take two sticks (each of them must be longer than the Piece) and also make a Plummet of Lead to hang in a small thread made fast to one end of the stick, which lay cross the top of the Base Ring, to and fro, until the Plummet descending from the end thereof, may just touch the side of the Metal of the said Ring; then keeping fast the stick in that place, hang your Plum­met down by the other side of the stick, until it on the otherside just touch the Metal of the Base Ring; when you have done, cut off the stick just in that place by which the Plummet descended, perpendicularly, and this length is the just Diameter of the Base Ring; after this manner you must proceed to take the Diameter at the Muzzle. Then lastly, set these two sticks together even at one end, and mark their difference in length or height; for just half of that difference is the dispart of that Piece.

I would advise all Sea Gunners upon some occasions to use Disparts between the Trunions of their Pieces, made of a just height, on purpose to serve that place, by the method we have even now prescribed, and let them be tyed about the Piece with a twine, because else at every Shot they will be to seek, when upon a suddain they should use them, and they will much avail and stand them in great stead. I could express other wayes, only I think these sufficient.

CHAP. XVI.

How to give Level with a Piece of Ordnance to make a Shot at any Mark assigned.

SEt your dispart on the Muzzle Ring, just over the Center of the mouth of the Piece, which you may best do by putting a stick cross the bore, and dividing it into two equal parts; then with a Plumb line hanging over the mouth of the Piece, being guided by the divided stick, you shall have good aim where to set your Dispart; this being done, go to the Base Ring, if the Piece be true bored, then find which is the highest part, and middle of that Ring; but if the Piece be not true bored, then find which part of the Base Ring is just over the Cylender, and take that for your true line: when you have found out the dispart, and placed it, and also found what point in the Base Ring is to answer to it, then make some very small mark on the Base Ring in that place, hold your head about two foot from the Base Ring, and there you may best observe, as the Piece is traversing, when you are in a direct line with the mark; this done, give one of your men order to raise and fall the Piece with his Hand-spike as you shall appoint him, until you can, holding your head two foot from the Britch of the Piece, with your eye perceive the mark at the Base Ring, and the top of the dispart in a direct line with the mark you must shoot at; at that instant stop the motion of the Piece with a Coyn, that it may remain as you have directed it; then Prime your Piece, and give fire.

‘The way of Shoting Mira Comme; or by the mettall of the peice. 412. Paces.’‘Shooting punctually, Levill by a dispart 206. Paces.’‘248 4/10 paces, right Rainge’

folio 72: 73.

Before you place your Dispart, you are to take notice whether the ground be Level whereon the Wheels of the Gun stand, or if they be not one higher than the other, and if the Trunions stand just over the Axeltree of the Wheels or no; whether one Trunion lye higher on the Carriage than the other: whether the Gun be truely placed in the Carriage or not; that is, that it be not nearer one side than the other: whether the Carriage be truly made according to the direction we have already pre­scribed in the first part; whether the Axeltree be placed just cross the Carriage or not.

CHAP. XVII.

How, if a Shot do carry to the right or to the left, under or over the mark, by reason of some known fault, to amend it in making the next Shot.

AFter you have made one Shot, and find the Piece carry just over the mark, then do all that has been taught again, and when your Piece lyes directly against the mark, observe how much the last stroak of the Shot is above the mark, so much longer make your dispart, that the top of it may be just seen from the Britch of the Piece, in a direct line with the stroke of the Shot; when it is of this length, then level your Piece with this new dispart to the assigned mark, Give fire, and without doubt it will strike the same.

If the first Shot strike under the mark, then bring the Piece in all points as before to pass, mark how much of the dispart is over the stroke of the Shot, and cut it just so short, as being at the Britch you may discern the top of it, with the mark on the Base Ring and stroke of the Shot in a just right line, and when you perceive it is of such a length, level the Piece to the assigned mark, as at the first, then Prime and Give fire.

If the first Shot strike on the right hand of the mark, to mend it you must level the Piece as formerly; you standing behind the Britch of the Piece, observe the stroke of the Shot over the dispart, and that part of the Base Ring as you at that instant look over in a right line towards the dispart, and the stroke of the Shot, set up in that place a Pin with a little soft Wax on the Base Ring; so this Pin will be in a right line with the dispart and stroke of the Shot: This being done, level your Piece to the mark assigned by this Pin and the dispart, and without question you will make a fair Shot; for when you level by the Metal of the Base Ring where the Pin is placed, and the mark of the Piece standing at that direction, look over the top of the dispart from the notch in the Base Ring, and you shall find it to lye just so much to the left, as the former Shot struck to the right, from the assigned mark, which should in all likelyhood now strike the mark.

But if a Shot be both too wide and too low, then you must use both the directions above taught, to make the next Shot: first regulate the dispart by cutting it shorter, according as the Shots mark is lower than the assigned mark; when this is done, then proceed to my directions to mend shooting wide, and these things performed with care and diligence, cannot choose but mend a bad Shot.

CHAP. XVIII.

Of shooting at Random at a Mark beyond the right line of the Pieces reach, or right Range of a Shot; and the way of framing a Table of Randoms, by help of the Gunners Quadrant.

FOr the effecting of this matter, we must have a Quadrant with a Thread and Plummet (which is described in the first Chapter of this second Section) to one side of this Quadrant; so that one end of the Ruler may go into the Cavity of the Piece, and let a Piece of Lead be fastned to the end of the Rule, to make it lye close to the bottom of the Metal within, the Quadrant hanging without, and the Plumb-line swaying or hanging down from the Center of the Quadrant, perpendicular to the Ho­rizontal line; for the Quadrant being thus placed, you may mount a Piece to what degree you shall find fit to shoot by.

Now every one that will learn to shoot at Random, must draw his Piece on a level ground, where first shooting level, he must observe that distance in feet or paces, then mount his Piece to one degree, and mark where that shall graze; thus finding the distance of every degree from the level to the tenth degree, by these distances make a Table, to which annex the degrees against the distance; by which Table you may (using the Art of Proportions) find how far another Piece will convey her Shot from degree to degree, and in Loading your Piece for this work you must have your Powder exactly weighed, and likewise the Wad, and let the Piece cool of it self, and this you must do every time; and if the Piece be mounted, there needs no Wad after the Shot; also you must have a special care of the strength of the Powder, and let the Powder equally, and with the same force and strength be pressed home, as near as possible you may.

CHAP. XIX.

An effectual way to make a Shot out of a Piece of Ordnance at Random.

HE that intends to be expert at these things, ought principally to endeavour, at one time or another, to obtain so much liberty of his Superior Comman­ders, as to make two, three, or more Shot with the Piece he chooseth, or intends for most Service; then must he measure the distance from the Platform to the first graze of the Shot; and must apply it to the Table, which I have here inserted, being the expe­rience of such as have been knowing Gunners. But first I shall set down Mr. Nye of Worcester's Experiment, not as he is Mathematician, as he writes himself (which Title none of our Learned Mathematicians of England do assume) but as he was a Practical Gunner, and made these several experiments upon four several degrees of Mounture, viz. 1 deg. 5 deg. 7 deg. 10 deg. from thence was found these Randoms.

At 1 degree, the Shot did light from the Piece or place of standing 225 paces.

At 5 degrees, the Random was 416 paces.

At 7 degrees, the Random was 505 paces.

At 10 degrees the Random was 630 paces.

And by these Experiments a Table may be framed according to this Rule. As the known degree of Mounture, is to the number of paces the Piece carries; so is the number of degrees proposed, to the distance required.

The use of this Table will plainly appear in one onely Example.

A Table of Randoms.
Degrees.Paces.
0206
1225
2274
3323
4370
5416
6461
7505
8548
9589
10630

Suppose you make tryal of your Piece of Ordnance, ac­cording to the method prescribed in the last Chapter, and find that at 6 degrees of Random upon a level ground, the Shot is conveyed 619 paces, and you are to ply your Piece against a place which lyes beyond the point blank, the di­stance being 498 paces, to know the degree the Piece must be elevated too, do thus; in this Table of Randoms against 6 degrees, there is 461 paces; then say as 619 paces is to 461, so is 498 to 375; which number, or the nearest to being sought, in this Table is 370, and stands against 4 degrees, but because it is not exactly the same number, you must find out the part of a degree or minute, by a Table of proportio­nal parts; but if the mark you shoot at be lower or higher than your Platformer, then you must add or substract so many degrees or minutes from the degrees and minutes found, and the remainder is the degree you ought to mount your Piece to.

Now that we may be understood well, we must know that there are two sorts of Ranges or Motions of a Shot, of which you may see more in Chap. 20. the one is called the Right Range, and the other is termed the Curved or Crooked Range, and these two there termed a Compound Range, is called the Dead Range, that is to say, the whole distance from your Platform from whence the Shot was made, to the place where the Bullet first grazes; yet the perpendicular descending of the Bullet is also called the Natural motion, as you may see by the figure hereafter placed. Captain Hexham in his Book of Gunnery, shews how by finding out the Random of a Cannon for the first degree of Mounture to find the Random for every degree to 45 de­grees, which is the utmost Random, after this manner; First, find out how many paces the Cannon will shoot, being laid level by the Metal (which he accounts for one degree of Mounture) divide this distance by 50, then multiply the Quotient by 11, and that will bring out the number of the greatest digression or difference between Range and Range, which being divided by 44, the Quotient will shew the number of paces which the Bullet will loose in the other Ranges from degree to degree. Example. A Battering Cannon being laid by the Metal, will shoot his Bullet (as he saith) 1000 ordinary paces, two foot and a half to each pace; which being divided by 50, the Quotient will be 20, which multiplyed by 11, is 220 paces, which is the number of the next digression made in the second degree: which 220 divide by 44, the number of the remaining degrees yields 5, which is the number of paces to be diminished in each degree; and by this Rule this Table is framed.

A Table of Randoms to 45 Degrees, accounting 2 Foot ½ to the Pace.
The Degrees of Mounture.Pacesdiff.
00775225
11000220
21220215
31435210
41645205
51850200
62050195
72245190
82435185
92620180
102800175
112975170
123145165
133310160
143470155
153625150
163775145
173920140
184060135
194595130
204325125
214450120
224570115
234685110
244795105
254900100
26500095
27509590
28518585
29527080
30535075
31542570
32559565
33556060
34562055
35567550
36572545
37577040
38581035
39584530
40587525
41590020
42592015
43593510
4459455
455950 

But this Table of Alexander Bianco for all sorts of Ordnance, I do account as one of the best.

A Table of Randoms for the six points of the Gunners Quadrant.
 123456
Faulconer.375637795885892900
Faulcon.5509351166125413091320
Minion.450765954102610711080
Saker.62510621325142514871500
D. Culvering.72512321537165317251740
Culvering.75012751590171017851800
Demi-Canon.62510621325142514871500
Canon of 7.67511471431148916061620
Double Canon.75012751660171017851800

The use of this Table is thus; having resolved upon what point of Mounture, look in this Table for the name of the Piece, and right under that point against the name of the Piece, that is in the common Angle, you shall find the number of paces of her Random sought.

CHAP. XX.

How to find the right Range of any Shot Dischar­ged out of any Piece, for every Elevation by any one right or dead Range given for the Piece assigned.

THe right Range of every Piece being discharged in a level, or parallel to the Horizon, is allowed by some not to exceed 185 paces, that is 5 foot to a pace, yet some reckon much more, but then they account ordinary steps or paces of two foot and a half; and Batteries made with such Pieces are usually made at 100 or 120 such paces, at which distance they do the best execution.

The utmost Random likewise of any Piece that is from the Platform to the first graze of the Bullet, I find by some to be about ten times the distance of the right Range; and accordingly I have so set it down in the Table.

As for the Ranges to the other degrees and points of the Quadrant, I find these Tables in Good Authors.

A TABLE OF Right Ranges, or Point Blanks.A TABLE OF Randoms, or the first Graze.
The Degrees of the Pieces Mounture.The Right Range in Paces, 5 Foot to a Pace.The Degrees of Mounture.The Paces of the Random, 5 Foot to a Pace.
01920192
12091298
22272404
32443510
42614610
52785722
62856828
73027934
832081044
933791129
10354101214
20454201917
30693302185
40855402289
501000502283
601140601792
701220701214
801300801000
90135090 

This Table is rather proportio­nal than real, and doth best agree with greater Ordnance; but by help of it, working by the Rule of proportion, you may know the Random of any Piece of Ordnance; by first (as we have said before) making one Shot, and measuring from your Platform that distance. You may make a Table for your Piece thus,

Suppose a Saker being mounted to 5 degrees, shoot the Bullet 416 paces, how far will it shoot being mounted 10 degrees?

As 722 the Tabular distance for 5 degrees of Mounture, is to 416 paces the distance found,

So is the Tabular distance for 10 degrees of Mounture, 1214. to the distance required, which will be found to be 699, 5 paces.

Now if you desire to know how much of the Horizontal line, is contained directly under the right line of any Shot, called the right Range, made out of any Piece at any elevation.

First, know that in plain Triangles, the violent motion or right line of a Shot is supposed to be the Hypothenusal, the Angle of Mounture to be the Angle at Base; these are given, and the Horizontal line is the Base which is to be found; there the proportion will run thus;

As the Radius 90 deg. is to the number of paces in a right Range;

So is the Sine Complement of the Angle of Mounture, to the Horizontal Base, or the right line which lyes parallel to the Horizon under the way of the Shot.

CHAP. XXI.

Of the violent, crooked, and natural motion or way of a Shot, from the time he is discharged, until it is descended.

BY the third and fourth propositions of the second Book of Tartagilia, his Nova Scientia, he sheweth that every body equally heavy, as a Shot in the end of the violent motion thereof, being discharged out of a Piece of Ordnance, so it be not right up or right down, the curved Range shall joyn with the right Range, and to the natural course and motion betwixt them both, which distinct motions you may see in the last foregoing figure.

In the 17 proposition of the same Book, he proveth that every Shot equally heavy, great or little, equally elevated above the Horizon, or equally oblique or level di­rected, are among themselves like, and proportional in their distance, as the figure following sheweth, as A E F is like and proportional in right and crooked Ranges unto H I, and in their distances or dead Ranges A F unto A I.

And in his 4th and 6th propositions of the same Book, he proveth that every Shot made upon the level hath the mixt or crooked Range thereof equal to the Arch of a Quadrant 90 degrees; and if it be made upon an elevation above the level, that then it will make the crooked Range to be more than a Quadrant: And if that be made imbased under the level, that then the crooked Range thereof will be a Quadrant.

And in his 9th proposition of the same Book, he shews, that if one Piece be Shot off twice, the one level, and the other at the best of her Random at 42 ½ deg. Mounture, that the right Range of the length is but the ½ of the dead range of the best Random. He that desires a further Demonstration of these Propositions, may peruse his said second Book de Nova Scientia.

[parabolas of cannonballs in flight, inscribed by labeled triangles]

CHAP. XXII.

The making of a Gunners Rule, which will serve for the elevation of a Piece, which is sometimes better than a Quadrant; and the dividing it into degrees by help of a Table, fitting it for any Piece from 5 foot to 14 foot long.

BEcause the Quadrant cannot be conveniently used at all times, especially when the wind blows hard, and, being near the Enemies Guns, the Plumb-line is too long before it stands still; to remedy this, the Gunners Rule was invented, the figure hereof is as followeth; it must be 12 or 14 inches long, according as the Gun will require, it must have a long slit down the middle thereof like the Eye-Vane of a Quadrant or back Staff, the head thereof make circular or a little hollow, as you see in the figure the Instrument is described standing, at 'tis to be placed upon the Britch of a Piece of Ordnance; in the middle of the small narrow slit you must place a Lute string or a well twisted Silk with a Bead running upon the same to be set to any number of inches and parts, or to such a degree of the Quadrant, as you must mount your Gun unto; and on the one side of the slit you must place a division of inches, and let every inch be divided into 10 parts, and then it will serve for all sorts of Guns; but if it be for a particular Gun, then on the other side you may place the degrees and parts, when you shall find by the length of your Piece, how many inches and parts of an inch goes to a degree; but to use it with all sorts of Ordnance, let it only be divided into inches and parts.

[a ruler]

To fit this Rule for one Gun only, here is the Rule for the decimation of the degrees; note, this Table hath 11 Columns, the first shews the length of the Piece in feet and half feet, the other 10 Columns in the head are 10 degrees, and under is inches and the 100 parts of an inch, from 1 degree to 10 degrees; and so you may take them out of the Table, and put them on your Ruler.

The len. of the Piece.1 Degree.2 Degrees3 Degrees4 Degrees5 Degrees6 Degrees7 Degrees8 Degrees9 Degrees10 Degr.
Feet and ½ Feet.Inch.100Inch.100Inch.100Inch.100Inch.100Inch.100Inch.100Inch.100Inch.100Inch.100
4 Foot long.1326384115146167198829251028
5 Foot and half.11422834245657068479891210261140
6 Foot long.1222443664886107388589781181229
6 Foot and half.13627248544680817953108912251363
7 Foot long.1472944415887358821030117713241473
7 Foot and half.1583144716287859421099125514141571
8 Foot long.168336546728401081176134415121682
8 Foot and half.179358537716895 741253143216121792
9 Foot long.18937956875894711 [...]7132715181781898
9 Foot and half.2004060801001210142163184204
10 Foot long.21042063084010301261147316841856218
10 Foot and half.221441669888118113281548176819892210
11 Foot long.231462693924115613881622185120822314
11 Foot and half.242448726968121014531695193721802421
12 Foot long.253567591012126515181 [...]71202522782533
12 Foot and half.263520789105213151578184121423672633
13 Foot long.2745488821096137016441948219224682740
13 Foot and half.284568852113614202741988227225562842
14 Foot long.2955908851180147517702065236026562953

The use of this Table in graduating the Rule is very plain; for if your Piece of Ordnance be 8 foot long, and you would mount your Piece two degrees, seek for 8 foot under the title length of the Piece, and in the common Angle against the length of the Piece under two degrees you will find 3, 36, to make a degree; that is 3 inches and 36 parts of an inch, divided into 100 parts, and to this you may set your Bead.

The use of the graduated Rule is thus: having loaded your Piece, and brought your Piece of Ordnance in a right line with your mark, the dispart being placed upon the Muzzle Ring, in like manner place your Rule upon the Base Ring, and let one standing by hold it, for the foot of it let it be fitted round to the Gun; so you may be sure to place it right, and you may estimate on its perpendicular well enough; now having before the distance to the mark you intend to shoot at, and admit you have found it to be 461 paces, and the first Shot you made for practice out of that Piece conveyed her Shot at two degrees of Mounture 274 paces; then by our former Rules and the Tables of Randoms, there I find 461 against 6 degrees, which is the degrees I must mount my Piece to reach 461 paces.

Then to find by this Table how many inches and hundred parts of an inch 6 degrees will require, look in the Table above, and find on the left hand in the first Column the length of the Piece, and just under the degrees (as is aforesaid) you shall find the inches and parts of Mounture, to which set your Bead on your string, that is in the sight, to so many inches and parts as the Table gives; then mount the Piece higher or lower, until you bring the Bead to the top of the dispart and mark, all in one line; stop then the Piece in such a position with a Coyn, then prime and give fire.

If you will shoot by the Metal of the Piece without a dispart, then subtract the height of the dispart out of the inches found by the Table, and to the remainder mount your Piece.

If you have no Quadrant nor a Ruler, and would make a good Shot, look in the Table, and find the length of the Piece and the inches that you ought to raise your Piece unto, then cut a peece of stick just of that length, and set it upon the Base Ring, and bring the top of that stick, the top of the dispart, and the mark, all in a right line with your eye, and you will make as good a Shot as if you had a Rule and Bead, or Quadrant.

If you will have no dispart, take your dispart and measure it upon the aforesaid stick at the Base Ring, and from it cut off the length of the dispart, and the remainder use upon the Base Ring.

But if the Mounture should be so small that the inches of the dispart should be more than the inches answerable to the degrees of Mounture; then cut off from the dispart so much as 'tis longer than the other, and place it upon the Muzzle Ring, and bring the upper part of the Base Ring, the dispart, and mark, in a right line with your Eye, and you will this way make a level with a stick without Instrument, as well as if you had Ruler or Quadrant.

CHAP. XXIII.

How to make a Shot at the Enemies Light in a dark night, and to make at a Company of Horse­men or Footmen passing by, and also to make a good Shot at a Ship Sailing; and how a Shot lodged in a Piece, so that it will not be driven home to the Powder, may be shot out without hurt to the Piece.

TO shoot by night at the Enemies Lights, dispart your Piece with a lighted and flaming Wax Candle, or with a lighted Piece of Match, that with your Eye you may bring the Base Ring, the fired Match on the Muzzle Ring, and the Enemies Light, in a right line, or mark; then give fire, and you will make a good Shot.

If you make a Shot at a Company of Horse passing by, take a Piece that will reach the way the Horse or Foot are coming in a right line, then let your Gun be so loaded with Powder as it may presently take fire, and let your Shot be fit for your use; then take notice of some Hillock or some turning cross way for the mark, and when the Enemy comes near to that way in a right line with your Gun, give fire; but for shoot­ing at a Ship upon the River, you must put your Piece to some eminent mark on the other side of the River, and when the Head of the Ship shall begin to be between the Piece and the mark, then give fire.

But if by some mischievous accident a Shot is lodged in the concavity of a Piece, and there sticks, and will not go home to the Powder, or come out; then the Gunner, to save his Piece from breaking, must imbase the mouth of the Piece, or put it under the line of level, then put in at the Touch-hole fair warm water at several times, so that it may run out at Muzzle or Mouth of the Piece; and when all the Salt-Peter is washed from the Powder, which is known by the taste of the Water, then let the Gunner clear the Touch-hole, and put in as much Powder as possible he can, and prime and give fire, and it will serve to draw out the Shot.

But when a Shot hath lain long in a Piece until he is grown rusty, and so sticks fast, put strong Vinegar warm into the mouth of the Piece, and with the Rammer strike the Shot until it doth move; then put in Vinegar until it run clear through the Powder and Shot; prime as before, and give fire with good Powder, and if it do not run through after it hath stood three dayes, clear the Touch-hole, prime and give fire.

A man may also shoot farther than ordinary in one and the self same Piece, if the Powder be gently driven home, and wadded accordingly; then the Shot being com­passed with Paper, Leather, Oakam, or such like, to fill close to the Powder with a good Wadd, putting after it a Tampion of Cork, and with a Spunge moisten it with Oyl, annoint the vacant Cylender, and so Barricado the Piece that it may not reverse in the Discharge.

CHAP. XXIV.

A Discourse by way of Dialogue between a Gene­ral and Captain, concerning the Assaulting a Town or Work, &c.

General.

HAving brought your Approaches near unto a Town or a Fortress, whe­ther would you choose a Bulwark or a Curtain to be battered with your Ordnance?

Captain.

A Town may be assaulted in divers places; sometimes you assault one side, when as you make your Battery on another; sometimes you choose a Bulwark, other­whiles a Curtain to be battered, with this intention, to take in the Town as soon as possible may be. As for me, if I were to take in a great Town which is populous, I had rather choose to batter a Curtain, than a Bulwark, which hath a high catt, or mount upon it: especially, seeing that in great Towns the Bulwarks lying one far from another, they do show the skirt of the Curtain very open.

Gen.

Why would you rather choose a Curtain than a Bulwark?

Capt.

Because your Bulwarks are alwayes stronger, and better fortified than your Curtain, and being it is the principal strength of a place, and better furnished with Platforms, [...]lanks, &c. it will require more time, labour, and charge to batter, than your Curtain.

But what General is so ill experienced, as to labour to batter a Curtain, having two strong Bulwarks on both sides of him, to flanker him when he is to put over his Gallery, and to give an assault upon the Curtain: peradventure for his labour and pains, he may be well beaten.

Capt.

Soft (Good Sir,) Suppose that after a great deal of labour and pains you have battered a Bulwark, and falling up to the breach to assault it, you find it cut off, an Enemy lodged in it, must you not then begin to sap forward again, to make a new batte­ry? whereas on a Curtain there is not that means of cutting it off, as upon a large Bulwark.

Gen.

Have you ever seen the experience of it?

Capt.

Yes Sir, the Prince of Orange took in the Bosch by a Bulwark, and also Breda, but Mastrick was taken in by making a breach, and springing of a mine, upon the Curtain between Jonger Port and a Bulwark; howsoever the Town of Cortes upon the frontiers of France, was first battered by the Arch-duke of Austria upon the point of a Bulwark, near unto the very joynt of the Curtain, where a high and a strong turret stood, which did annoy us much, so that we could not advance forward, but were constrained to leave off our approach on that side, and began to make a new Battery for a breach in a Curtain on the Field-side, where there lay a strong Bulwark to defend it, which did our men a great deal of harm; but howsoever, with great difficulty and much ado, we took in the Town that way, by lodging our selves in the Curtain. Likewise the City of Cambray was battered, and taken in upon a Curtain, for all there were two strong Bulwarks that flankered it, which if we had run our line upon a Bulwark, we should not have forced it so soon; yea such an occasion might present it self, that a Ge­neral may be forced to batter both the one and the other, or to find out some secret way by undermining a wall, and blowing it up with powder.

Gen.

This is for your great Towns; but what say you to a Castle, a Cittadel, or some narrow Fortress, how will you go to work to take in those with the best ad­vantage?

Capt.

As for your Forts, and Castles, it is much better to batter them upon a mount or a Bulwark, than upon a Curtain: my reason is this, that in these your Bulwarks lying close one by another, will flank one another with the greater force, and hide the Curtain much better to defend it, so that one cannot so easily force it, if the said de­fenses be not taken away.

Gen.

Go to then; a Town then being to be battered, either upon a Curtain or a Bulwark, how many Pieces of Ordnance would you have to do it, and, how and in what manner would you place, and plant your Ordnance upon your batteries to make a good breach?

Capt.

To effect this, I would have 18 Pieces of Canon and half Canon, (for lesser Pieces for Battery are now grown out of use.)

Gen.

Whether would you choose more whole Canon or half Canon?

Capt.

To batter a place well either upon a stony or earthy wall, you may assure your self, the more whole Cannon you have, the greater and the more sufficient your breach will be: for your great battering Pieces do spoil and beat down any thing, which doth meet with their great force and violence: Howsoever of late years expe­rience hath taught at divers Seiges that your half Canon which are more portable, having good store of them, will do the business aswell as your whole Canon.

Gen.

But at what distance would you make your Batteries, for these 18 Pieces of Canon, and how near unto the place, which you intend to Batter.

Capt.

I would counsel a General to approach as near unto that place as possible may be, and make his Batteries some two or three hundred paces one from another, and that if it were possible to advance covertly the Approach and sap, even up to the Counter-scharfe, and very brink of the Moat, to prepare a way for his Gallery: not only to Batter that place being at hand with the greater force, but also to keep in, and hinder an Enemy from Sallying out upon the Besiegers, to discover and dismount their Ordnance in Casemates, or if they have sunk any in their Walls or False-bray, and so to terrifie them, that they dare not stir out.

I am also of your opinion, and hold it for good, yet I fear this will not be so soon done, and is sooner spoken, than executed, and that before you can bring your approach and sap so far, it will cost you warm blood, and a great many mens lives, if you have a stout Enemy within to deal withal, and one that is very Vigilant, and careful to stand upon his Guard, and his defence.

Capt.

'Tis true, this cannot be done without danger, and the loss of men, but he that is fearful must stay at home, and not come into the Wars where there is neither place nor time, which doth free or exempt him from danger: yet the danger is not alwayes so great, especially in such places, where you have Earth enough to work with, to cast up your sapps, and to heighten and deepen your Approaches, which will show you the way, for the more higher you find the ground in Approaching to the edge of the moat, the deeper Trenches you may make, and cover your self by casting up of blinds continually, to keep you from the sight of the Besieged; and it is better, when you have brought your approach as it were under them, than if you were 200 or 300 paces distant from them.

Gen.

I pray you Good Sir, how would you plant, and divide these 18 Pieces of Canon?

Capt.

I would make a great Battery with 8 of them to beat upon a right line, either upon a Curtain, or the point of a Bulwark (which the General shall find fittest) Two Batteries with each 3 Canon to play slope-wise from the great Battery; as the ninth plate and 28 and 29 figures shows, and two Batteries, with two half Canon a Piece, to play as it were cross-wise upon the breach. And thus you see your 18 Pieces planted upon 5 Batteries, as you may observe in the 9th. Plate, and the two Figures of a Curtain and of a Bulwark following.

Gen.

Good Sir tell me I pray you how many shot will these 18 Pieces of Canon make in 10 hours, and how much powder will they require.

Capt.

In 10 hours they may make some 1500 shot, and will require a matter of 25000 pound weight of powder, that is 150 barrels full, each barrel containing 160 pound weight in it.

Gen.

You make your account then that every Piece in the space of 10 hours is to shoot 80 shot, that is 8 shot an hour for every Piece.

Capt.

You may make 10 shot in an hour if you please, if your Pieces be renforced; but as for your ordinary Pieces, they have not metalline substance enough to bear it: considering also that after you have made 40 shot out of a Piece, it will be so heated, that it must have a cooling time, which must be at least an hour, for otherwise your Piece being grown over hot, it may cause danger.

Gen.

Methinks that 80 shot for a Piece in so long a time were too little, having often heard, that in that while, a Piece may well be shot off 130 times; can you give me your resolution upon this?

Capt.

I will tell you Sir what hapned once in the Island of Bomble, Anno 1599. we planted a Piece by a mill, by which we did annoy the Enemy very much, so that they were forced to make a Battery, and planted a whole Canon, and a demy-Canon upon it, seeking to dismount ours. Now shooting with this Piece from four of the clock in the morning, till eleven toward noon, this Piece had a cooling time the space of two hours, and about one of the clock we began to play with it again, and continued shooting with it till 4 a clock in the afternoon; but this Piece being not able to endure the force and heating of so many shot, we were constrained to leave off with it: and yet ceased not shooting with our other Pieces from another Battery by command from Don Lewes de Valasco, General of our Ordnance, and shooting cross-wise with some other of our Pieces, we put the Enemies two Pieces to silence in the space of an hour; a Souldier of ours standing by, was curious to keep a tally of the number of all the shot we made from the morning till four a clock in the afternoon, and shewed me 80 notches, which deducting the two hours cooling, our Piece planted at the Mill made 8 shot in an hour, which was as much as could be required of it.

Senior Diego Uffanogive your Translator leave to interrupt you a little, and so to conclude this discourse. If you remember at the Seige of Ostend, which you mention ofttn [Page 85] in your Chapters and Dialogues, you were without, and I was within the Town, that on the seventh of January, Anno 1602. Stilo Novo, After Sir Francis Vere of famous memory (who defended and kept the Town against you) had deluded you with a Parley, only to gain time, and to make up our Canon and Sea-beaten works along the skirt of the old Town, his Highness the Archduke resolved to assault us, and that morning began to batter Sand-hill and Schotenburgh, to make a breach for you against that night, with intent to Assault us (as you did) and to have entred the Town, and have put us all to the Sword, the Relation whereof you shall hear in the end of this Book. Now you had placed and planted your 20 Pieces of Cannon to batter them in this manner, 8 from your Battery at the foot of the Downs, 8 from a Battery on the right hand of the Downs, 6 from your pile Battery, 6 more which you had made upon the Sand, and as it were raised out of the Sea: the first shot upon the breach in a right line, and the other two slope­wise, as your two figures following do demonstrate. These 20 Pieces of Canon towards noon had a cooling time, for a matter of some 2 hours, just as you have said; and afterwards you began to batter the breach and old Town again, till it was almost twilight, and then they cooled again, till you were ready to give us an assault; and before you fell on, as I do well remember, you shot off one of your Cannons with a hollow Bullet, which flew over the Town and made a great humming noise, as a warning Piece to the Count of Bucquoy, who lay on the East-side, that you were then ready to fall on, and that he should do the like, this was your Signal. Now General Vere knowing well your intent, gave order to the Gentleman of our Ordnance who had the guard upon Sand-hill, that he should keep a true Tally, and an account of all the shot you made that day, with your 20 Pieces of Cannon upon the breach and the old Town, which being cast up, there were found to be made that day from morning till night 2200 shot, which was found to be an 110 shot for every Piece, and 11 shot an hour for every Piece, which is more than 8; but I verily believe your Pieces were renforced. This by the way, and so I return again to your own Dialogue.
Gen.

(Good Sir) I pray show me how you would batter the point of a Bulwark (as the figure 28 following demonstrates,) and give me some reasons aswel defensive as offensive.

Capt.

I am willing to give your Lordship content, and say, If I were to batter the point of a Bulwark or a Bastion, I would have the same number of battering Canon, and planted in the same form and manner as they were for the Curtain, and to shoot sloap and cross-wise also; and if your approaches were advanced so far, they should be planted upon the very brink of the moat and upon the Counterscharfe, I would plant 4 of them so, that they should dismount the Enemies Canon in their Casemates, or any, if they had sunk them in their Falsebray, which should wait upon that occasion.

Gen.

I am of your mind, and prefer such a battery before all others, who are of the opinion that they had rather choose a Curtain than a Bulwark to be battered.

Capt.

You have heard my reasons for that, and see the figures following traced out to you. But as for your Bulwark the besieged may cut it off (as you may mark in the figures of Retrenchments and Cuttings off in the second part of this book) for indeed it will be a hard matter to force an Enemy out of a Bulwark, who is resolved to loose it by peecemeal and degrees; and there is not so much danger in assaulting of a Curtain, which being once well battered and beaten down with your Ordnance, you have an easier way and entrance to fall on with your Troops of men, to enter the Town or Fortress; but for the defence which is made from your Flanking Bul­warks, or your Casemates, you must make Batteries upon the brink of the moat against them, (as is said) to dismount the Enemies Pieces, and to flanker with your Ordnance the Parapets of the Bulworks to beat them about their ears, that the Bul­works may lye the more open to you, and I think this way is the least danger.

Gen.

But the Besieged, their cuttings off, may they not be made aswel upon a Cur­tain as upon a Bulwark.

Capt.

No, for the Rampire being thinner, you have neither so much ground, nor the like accommodation in a Curtain as in a Bulwark; and indeed, a Governour [Page 86] of a Town, or of a Fortress, if he were put to his choice, had rather to be assaulted on a Bulwark (than on a Curtain) by cutting it off into the form of a half moon, that he might make a new resistance, and defend it with a less number of men. Besides, in a Bulwark the Besieged have this advantage over the Assailants, which is very dangerous for them, that they may make a Mine within the bowels of their Bulwark when an Enemy shall attempt to assault it, and thinking to enter the Breach and take the Town, they may be blown up into the Air by a Countermine; the like also may happen to the Besieged, the Assailants springing their Mine also in a Bulwark, when they think they stand upon their best defence.

Gen.

May not the like be done also in a Curtain?

Capt.

No, it will not take the like effect as in a Bulwark; for a Breach being once made in a Curtain, for as an Enemy may assault it at large, so they may bring a greater number of men to fight, to help to defend it; whereas in a Bulwark they are pen'd up and straightned in a narrow place, which may be cut off, and will require a fewer number of men to defend it, whereas those which are to force it, must be constrained to bring up a great many men to assault, who in an instant may be in danger of blowing up.

Gen.

Your reasons (Good Captain) are not to be slighted; but as for me, I hold it safer, to batter and assault the breach of a Bulwark, than of a Curtain. For though the besieged may cut it off, and defend it with a fewer number of men, yet the Assaulters have this advantae over the Besieged defendants, that they have more place and elbow room, and may find a less resistance than in a Curtain, seeing that one may make as a great a breach in a Bulwark as in a Curtain, because your Ordnance may beat it flat, and level with the ground; and choosing rather a Bulwark: I will herewith conclude this discourse, and now shew you the figures both of the one, and of the other in this following plate.

How one must Batter a Courtine
How one must Batter a Bulwarke

betwixt 86 and 87

CHAP. XXV.

Containing the demonstration of Morters, and the use of them.

YOur great and small Morters, are not only serviceable in a War offensive, by shooting and casting of great Granadoes, as of 100, 150, 170 pound weight, and smaller of 40, and 50 pound; but also by casting of Fire-balls, Stones, old Rubbidge, and Pieces of Iron, into Cities, Towns, and Fortresses; and may be used also defensively, to be shot from Towns and Forts into any Enemies works, and approaches; especially they are of singular use, when an Enemy hath covertly ap­proached, and lodged himself under some Bulwark, Tower, or Turret, and is a be­ginning to undermine them; which if they do, you may plant one of these Morters at a reasonable distance, on the inside of your Wall, and shooting your Granado, as it were bolt upright into the air, by its natural fall, it may light just into the Ene­mies works, and there with great violence breaking among them, it will make them cry, fly, and forsake the place; you may also fire them out of a place, by casting good store of Hand Granadoes down among them, and so annoy them, that the work will be too hot for them.

Two of these Morters are represented unto you, in the Plate and Figures follow­ing number. Now for the shooting a way of your great Granadoes or Fireballs, you must ever remember, but to take ⅕ or 1/7 parts of fine Powder of the weight of your [Page] [Page 87] Granado or thing which you shoot; but if you are to shoot away a Bullet without any Fire-works in it, or some massie stone, or such like solid thing, then you must take but half the weight of it in fine Powder, which, having given fire to the Morter, will send it going merrily.

The use of them is not to shoot in a right line, as other Ordnance do, but in an oblique line, as you may see by the two Figures following, unless your Morter be mounted to 90 degrees, mounting them usually above 45 degrees, namely to 60, 70, 80, and sometimes more or less, as the distance and fall of your Granado or Shot shall require.

Having before shown you the making and use of the Quadrant, it remains now that I come to the charging and use of a Morter; now before you put in your Pow­der. it must be well sponged and cleared, whether you charge it with loose Powder, or Cartouch, turning the mouth almost bolt upright; the Powder being put into the Chamber, you must stop it with a Wadd either of Hay or Oakam, and after a Tampkin of some soft wood, and this with the Powder that was put in first, it must fill up the whole Chamber thereof, that there may be no vacuity between the Powder and the Wadd, or between the Wadd and the Shot; this done, the shot shall be put in at the mouth, with another Wadd after it; but you must have a care that your Morter be not much mounted, lest your shot flyes out too soon, and the Wadd between the Tampkin and the shot will not only save the shot from the Tampkins breaking of it, but also is to avoid vacuities which may endanger the breaking of the Piece by second expansions.

Now then having resolved of the premisses, touching your Piece, Shot, and Powder, as abovesaid, and upon the distance and mounture of your mark, as the Rules and Tables following shall direct you, then for the bending and disposing of it to the assigned mark; lay first a straight Ruler upon the Mouth of your Morter, and upon it place a Quadrant (as you may see by the Figures) or some other Instrument cross-wise, to set the Morter upright, for shuning of wide shooting, and then placing them fore-right to elevate it into the resolved degree of Mounture, to avoid short or overshooting, accordingly as the Tables following will teach you; for having made one shot, you may thereby proportion the rest, considering whether you are to shoot with or against the wind, or whether it blows towards the right or the left hand, whether weakly or strongly, and so accordingly to give or abate the advan­tage, or disadvantage, which judgment and discretion will induce you thereunto, and the help of the Rules following.

Now we will come to the use of a Morter, and that in this example following; Suppose an Enemy be approached to the Basis, or foot of a Wall or a Bulwark, and there is a rooting, and begins to make a Mine, and having Chambred his Powder, intends to blow it up, and that there is no other means left you, to repulse and hinder their egress and regress into it; but by shooting out of your Morters some Granadoes, Fire-Balls, Stones, and Rubbish among them, or at least by casting many Hand-Granadoes down upon them. To do this either by force or policy, it behoveth a good Canonier or Fire-worker, to know first (as hath been taught) how far his Morter will carry a Granado, or any solid thing else, which shall be shot out of it, being set upon such and such a degree and elevation as the Morter Figure will shew you. As for Example, take your aim level with the mould or mouth of your Morter, noted A upon the Quadrant, and it will carry 200 paces, where you see the Granado falls upon the letter A; but your morter being elevated to the mark B, it then will carry its Bullet 487 paces; if to the second C, then 755 paces; if to the third D, it will carry 937 paces; if to the fourth E, then 1065 paces; if to the fifth elevation F, then 1132 paces; if to the sixth G, which is in the midst of the Quadrant, and lyes then upon its highest elevation, it will carry 1170 paces, as you may see by the several falls of the Bullets upon every Letter. The second Figure shews you a Morter casting a Granado upon a Castle, as you may see by the Example.

Another Table of Diego Uffanoes for Morter Pieces, with their Randoms made for every degree, between the Level and 90 degrees, as followeth.
Deg.Pac.Deg.
010089
112288
214387
336486
428585
520484
622483
724382
826281
928080
1029779
1131478
1233177
1334776
1436375
1537774
1639273
1740672
1841971
1943270
2044569
2145768
2246867
2347966
2449065
2550064
2651063
2751862
2852461
2952660
3053459
3153958
3354357
3454956
3455255
3555854
3656253
3756852
3857351
3947750
4058049
4158248
4258347
4358446
44582 
45582
A Morter Shooting upon a Castle
How you are to use the Quadrant afore described for a Morter, as you may see by the falling of the Granado uppon the Lettors
[...]
[...]
[...]
[...]
[...]
[...]

THE Compleat Gunner THE THIRD PART. OF ARTIFICIAL FIREWORKS.

THe number of artificial Fire-works which are practised as well in Armies upon Land in the attacquing and defence of places, as in defence of Ships at Sea, whereby warlike Executions may be performed, are many and various, according to the ingenuity of the Fire-Master: And the wayes of preparing them are so many, as it is impossible for us in this room we have allotted to prescribe all that are known. We shall therefore be contented to make choice of some of the best and principal things among so great a number, but more particularly of some most admirable inventions; and we shall give a Chapter to every kind of Fire-work, considering they differ among themselves both in fashi­on and effect, and every one hath its name which is particularly applyed to it. But before we begin with our composition we shall begin with the particulars, and their preparation unto this work, whereby they may be the more exalted, and have the grea­ter efficacy. The more principal materials, that is, Peter, Charcoal and Sulphur, are mentioned at large in my first part of Gunnery, and therefore we shall proceed.

CHAP. I.

To prepare Oyl of Sulphur.

TAke a good quantity of clarified Sulphur, (the way of Clarification we have shewed before) melt it over a very gentle fire in an Earthen or Copper Vessel, then take old red Tyles that have been already used in buildings, or if you cannot find such, take new Tyles that are well baked, and that have not taken dirt, break them in pieces as small as a Bean, and throw them into melted Brimstone, then min­gle your Brimstone with the remaining fragments of the Bricks, until they have drank up all the Sulphur, then let them be put into a Limbeck upon a Furnace to distil, and after the Oyl is drawn according to a Chymical order it will be very excellent, and aboveall, have a very combustible quality, proper to the Compositions of artificial fires.

To prepare Oyl or Balsam of Sulphur.

Fill a long body of Glassfull of Sulphur well powdered, then pour upon it Oyl of Turpentine, or Oyl of nuts, or Juniper, in such a quantity that the oyl with the Sulphur may fill but the half part, place it in an Iron Kettle; with Sand round about it, and a small heat for 8 or 9 hours, and you will see that the Oyl of Tur­pentine will convert the Brimstone into a red Oyl, as fiery and combustible as before.

There are those that take the following matter to the preparing the oyl of Sulphur, to the end it may be rendered more combustible, viz. Sulphur 1 l. of quick Lyme half a pound, of Sal-armoniac 4 ounces.

Above all this, the Chymists know how to prepare a certain oyl of Sulphur, (which they call a Balsam) of which the virtues are so admirable, that they admit not any body, either living or dead, to be touched with putrification, but will conserve it in so perfect and entire state, that neither the pernicious Influences of the celestial bodies, nor that corruption which the Elements produce, nor that which reduces things into their Principles, can any way damnifie it, if anoynted with it. There is also from it prepared a certain fire (as Tritemius teacheth) with flowers of Sulphur, Borax and Brandy-wine, which will remain many years without extinguishing of it self. Others that are knowing, do attest that a Lamp may be filled with such like Oyl, from whence all that are within the Light of it, will appear as if they had no heads.

There is another way of making Oyl of Sulphur which is very admirable and ex­cellent, which is prepared thus. Incorporate well together an equal proportion of Sulphur and Salt-Peter, reduce them into most subtile Powder, and pass it through a fine sieve, then put them into an Earthen Pot that hath never been used, and pour upon them Vinegar made of White-wine or Aqua-vitae, as much as will cover the Pow­der; Close the Pot in such manner that no air may any wise enter, and put it thus in any hot place so long time until all the vinegar be digested and vanished. Lastly, take that matter which rests in the Pot, and draw from thence an oyl, by Chymical Instru­ments proper to this work.

CHAP. II.

The preparation of the Flowers of Benjamin.

TAke Benjamin a certain quantity of ounces, put it into a Gourd or a Limbeck glass, and close it well with a blind head (as they call it) then have in readi­ness an earthen vessel, set it upon a Tresfoot, or for the more certainty upon a small Furnace, place it in your glass body, and compass it well about with fine Sand or a­shes so high as the matter is in the glass; after make a moderate fire under it, for fear the Limbeck heat too soon, and be too hot, for that will make the flowers become citrine or yellow, when they ought to be as white as Snow. Observe when you see the flowers begin to raise a vapour or small fume, continue your fire in that same de­gree the space of one quarter of an hour; after you shall see the flowers risen unto the internal Superficies of the blind head, then take it away carefully, and put to it another that shall be quite cold, and put that which you have taken off upon a white paper until it be cold, then gently with a Feather or wooden Spatula, cause the flow­ers to come forth of the blind head, and gather them together carefully: thus you may add a third or fourth blind head, and in time many, until all the Benjamin cease to fume.

Benjamin may be made into flowers another way, thus; put into a glazed pot a certain quantity of ounces of Benjamin, and place it upon warm ashes, and when you see it begin to fume, cover the vessel with a Cornet of paper made in the form of a Cone, and a little larger than the orifice of the pot, leave it there about one quar­ter of an hour, after take off the Cornet, and take the flowers and gather them to­gether; then put upon the vessel another Cornet of paper, and let it stand as long as before; take it off, and gather the flowers to the former, and continue thus putting Cornet after Cornet, until your flowers be entirely evaporated.

CHAP. III.

The preparation of Camphire.

TAke Juniper Gumm (which is called somtimes) Sandarach, white varnish, or Mastick most subtilly powdered 2 l. white distilled vinegar as much as is necessa­ry to cover the Gumm in a glass, set it deep in horse-dung the space of 20 days; then take it and pour it forth into another glass Vessel with a wide mouth, and let it stand thus in digestion a whole moneth, and in it you shall have Camphire congealed in form of a Crust of bread, and which hath in some measure the resemblance of the ver [...]a­ble or true Camphire. The Camphire hath such a love for the fire, that being once lighted, it goeth not out until it be quite consumed. The flame that comes from thence is very clear, and of a very agreeable odour; after it hath remained suspen­ded in the air some time it vanisheth insensibly. The cause that produceth all these rare effects from Camphire, is by reason its parts are extream subtil and airy.

I do add to all this, that it may be easie to reduce Camphire into Powder, to make it useful in artificial fireworks, if a man crumbles it and beats it gently, rouling it with Sulphur. The oyl of Camphire, which serves also for the same effect, is made by ad­ding a little of oyl of sweet Almonds, and stir them well together in a brass Morter, and pestle of the same metal, until all be converted into oyl of a greenish colour.

Or a man may put it into a Glass Viol which must be close stopped, provided also that the Camphire be true and natural, and not a Cheat; then put that Glass into a warm Furnace, and draw it out, when you shall see all the Camphire turned into a pure clear oyl, which will burn with an admirable vivacity.

CHAP. IV.

Water of Sal-armoniac.

TAke Sal-armoniac 3 ounces, Salt-Peter 1 ounce, reduce them into a most subtil Powder, and mix them well together, after put them into a Limbeck, and then pouring on them some of the best and strongest Vinegar, you may distil the same into a water with a small fire.

CHAP. V.

Of a certain artificial water which will burn upon the Palm of your hand without doing any harm.

TAke Oleum Petroli, and of Terebinthi, and of Calx vive, of Mutton fat, and of Hogs Lard, of each equal parts, beat them well together, until they be well in­corporated, then cause them to be distilled in warm ashes, or upon burning coals, and you shall draw from thence an excellent oyl.

CHAP. VI.

To prepare Fire-Spunges.

TAke of the oldest and greatest Toad-stools which grows at the Root of Ash, Oak, Birch, and Fir-tree, with many other Trees which produce them freely; get a good parcel, string them, and hang them in the Chimney, and leave them to macerate; being well mortified and macerated, take and cut them in pieces, and then beat them with a wooden Mallet; this done, boyl them over a small fire in a strong Lye, and a sufficient quantity of Salt-Peter, until all the humidity be evaporated: At last, having put them upon a Plank or even board, put them in a warm Oven, and let them well dry there; having drawn them from thence, you must beat them with a wooden Mallet as before, until it become wholly subtile and soft; being thus prepared, you must keep them in a commodious place to serve you upon occasion.

CHAP. VII.

How to prepare Match or Low for Artificial Fires.

MAke Cords of Tow, Hemp, or Cotton, which you please, of two or three twists, not made too hard, put them in a new Earthen pot Vernished, pour upon them Vinegar made of good white Wine four parts, of Urine two parts, of Aqua vitae one part, of Salt Peter purified one part, of Cannon Powder reduced to Meal one part: Make all these Ingredients boyl together upon a great Fire, to the Con­sumption of all the Liquor; then spread upon a great smooth Plank or Board, the Meal or Flower of the most excellentest Powder that you can get. Having drawn your Match out of the Pot, roul them in the Powder, and then dry them in the shade or Sun, for it matters not which, and the Cords or Match that are thus prepared will burn very quick.

Francis Jouchim Prechtelin, in his second part of his Fire-works Chap. 2. describes a certain Match, which is extream slow in burning, and is thus made; take Mastich two parts, Colophonia one part, Wax one part, Salt-Peter two parts, Charcoal half a part, then, having melted all and mixed them well upon the fire, take a Match made of Hemp or Flax of a sufficient bigness, and draw it through this Composition, making it go down to the bottom of the Vessel, drawing it often through, until it hath gotten the bigness of a Candle, and when you desire to use it, light it first, and when it is well lighted blow it out, and there remains none but a burning Coal.

CHAP. VIII.

Of certain Antidotes excellent and approved against the burning of Gun-powder, Sulphur, hot Iron, melted Lead, and other like acci­dents, drawn from the particular Experiments of Cozimu Nowicz.

SECTION. I.

BOyle Hogs grease in common water, over a most gentle fire, the space of some time; then take it from the Fire, and let it cool, and after expose it to the fair and clear weather three or four nights; after having put it into an Earthen pot, melt it again upon a small fire, and being melted, strain it through a Cloath into cold water, after wash it many times with good clean and fresh water, until it come as white as snow; this done, put it into a glazed pot to serve you at your occasions. The use is thus, you must annoint the burnt part as soon as you can, and you will see a quick and admirable effect.

SECT. II.

Take Plaintain water, Oyl of Nuts of Italy, of each as much as you please.

SECT. III.

Take Mallows water, Rose water, Plume Allum, of each as much as is necessary, and mix them well together with the white of an Egg.

SECT. IV.

Take a Lixivium, made of Calx Vive and common water, add to it a little Oyl of Hempseed, Oyl Olive, and some whites of Eggs, mingle all well together, and annoint the burnt place with this Composition. All these Oyntments cure burnings without causing any pain. These I have often experimented upon my self.

Some Receipts from divers Authors.

Take Oyl of Olives, Oyl of sweet Almonds, Liquid Vernish, each one part, juice of Onions two parts, with these chafe the part affected.

If there be already blisters raised and Ulcerations in the parts, this following Oynt­ment is most excellent.

Boyle a great quantity of the second Rind of Elder tree, in Oyl of Olive, then pour it through a Linnen cloath; add to it a little after two parts of Cerus or burnt Lead, of Lytharge of Gold, of each one part, put them into a Leaden Morter, and then stir them about and mix them so, that they become in the form of a Linament.

Take melted Lard, pour it into two Ounces of Morrel water, and one Ounce of Oyle of Saturn, then mingle them well together: 'this Remedy is soeveraign.

Take the Mucilage of the Roots of Henbane, and of the Flowers of Poppies, of each one Ounce, Salt Peter one Ounce, mingle them all with Oyl of Camphire, and make a Linament according to Art.

Or take the juyce of Oynions rosted in embers two Ounces, Nut Oyle one Ounce, mingle them all well together.

Or take of the Leaves of Ivy two m. or handfuls well beaten up with Plaintain water, Oyl Olive one pound, make all boyl with four Ounces of good white Wine, until the Consumption of the whole Wine, at the end of the decoction add Wax as much as is necessary, to give him the form and consistency of a Linament.

Again, take old Lard, let it be melted over the flame, and poured into two Ounces of the juyce of Beets and Rue, of the Cream of Milk one Ounce, Mucilage of Quince­seeds and Gum Tracanth, of each an Ounce and a half, mix them well together, and make thereof a Linament. This remedy is none of the worst, we took it from Joseph Quercetanus, in libro Sclopetrio.

CHAP. IX.

Of Hand Granadoes.

THe Hand Granadoes respecting their form, are Globically or perfectly round and hollow in their interior part in manner of a Sphere; they are called Hand Granadoes, or Handy Granadoes, because they may be grasped in the hand, and thrown to the Enemies; and if we should dwell upon the denominations of the Latine, we may call them as they do, Granades Palmares, they are commonly of the bigness of a Bullet of Iron of 5, 6, and 8 l. they weigh sometimes 1 l. and sometimes one pound and a half, some are of two pounds, and others of three pounds; there is given to these sort of Globes the names of Granadoes, by reason of the great resemblance they have with the Fruit Punique, which we call Pom-granad; for as these do shut up in their rinds a great quantity of grains; so our Military Globes are filled with a number of Grains of Powder, almost innumerable, the which having received the Fire, do break into a thousand and a thousand shivers, leaping against the Enemy, and piercing if it could all such things as it meets opposing its violence. They are generally made of Iron or Copper, carrying in its Diameter about three Ounces, being about the length of a Barly Corn in thickness of Metal; they are filled commonly with Gun-Powder, and sometimes of other Compositions, there is added to its Orifice a small Pipe commonly called a Fuse, which is filled with a matter or Composition that is slack or slow in burn­ing, but nevertheless very susceptible of the Fire, and capable to hold fire some time, for fear that it should break in the hands of those that mannage it, and intend to throw it.

There is amongst Fire-Masters accounted three sorts of Hand Granadoes, the first and most common are made of Iron; others are made of Brass, allayed with other Metals in the melting; the third sort is of Glass.

If you cause them to be made of Iron, take such as is most fragile, and as little wrought as possible you can get; if you will cast them of Copper, you must allay six pound of Copper, with two pounds of Tyn, and half a pound of Marcasite, or you may put one part of Tyn with three parts of Lattin or of Auricalque. Those that are made of Iron are in thickness about the ninth part of the Diameter; those that are made of Brass must have one tenth part of the Diameter in thickness of Metal. Lastly, such which you cause to be made of Glass, must have one seventh part of their Diameter in their thickness.

The largeness of the Orifice in which you must put in your Fuse made of Wood, whose upper part must be about 2/9 the Diameter of the Granado, and the small hole in the Fuse should have the largeness of [...]/ [...] of the same Diameter, the rest of the ca­pacity of the Shell must be filled with well grain'd Powder, the length of the Fuse must be about ⅔ of the Diameter, and the top must be broad, and a little rounding like a Hemisphere, the hollow and inner part of the Fuse must be about 1/9 Diameter at the small or inner end, and 2/9 at the outer end: Men do generally fill the void place with Powder ground most subtilly, which must be moistned with Gum-water, or dissolved glue, that it may joyn the better. As for the Fuses, they must be filled or char­ged with one of the Compositions hereunder written; afterward you must fasten it well and close with Tow or Okham, and the Pyrotechnian Lute which the Germans call Kit, which is made of four parts of Ship Pitch, two parts of Colophonia, one part of Ter­rebinthe, and one part of Wax; you must put all these Ingredients in a glazed Ves­sel, and melt them upon a small fire, then mix and mingle them well together.

Compositions for Charging the Fuses of the Hand Granadoes.
  • [Page 8]Powder 1l. Salt-Peter 1l. Sulphur 1l.
  • Powder 3l. Salt-Peter 2l. Sulphur 1l.
  • Powder 4l. Salt-Peter 3l. Sulphur 2l.
  • Powder 4l. Salt-Peter 3l. Sulphur 1l.
Another sort of Granadoes.

I shall here represent you with a Hand Granado, which may be hid at the entring of a passage, or any such place where we suppose the Enemy must come: This Granado hath two holes opposite, passing just cross the Diameter, in which must be fastned a Fuse of Wood or Metal with holes in several places, and all about it within let there be beaten Powder, and through it you must pass a common match. lighted at one end, and at top let there be a third hole, by which it must be charged with a good grain'd Powder, which must be close stopt again with a Tampion, and then is your Granado prepared. I suppose it not necessary to say much of the use of this Granado, and since it is so easie to be understood by what we have said, and that the occasion you will have of such things will forge your Inventions enough to put them in practice.

CHAP. X.

How and where a man ought to heave Hand-Gra­nadoes.

ACcording to the definition which we have given of them, it is most evident, and I suppose no body will doubt, that they are to be taken in the hand, and that we must grasp them to throw them at the Enemy. It is said before that this kind of Arms is as well defensive as offensive; therefore we shall not rest upon the proof of these things; those that have been at the managing of them must instruct them that are ignorant.

We shall say only this, that the Places where these Hand Granadoes are used at Sea, are where Ships are Board and Board to clear the Enemies Decks, so that the way may be cleared there. Upon Land Service they are used immediately after the good and happy success of a Mine which hath made a great overture in a Rampire, overthrowing one part of the Wall, Bulwark, or Bastion, to give place to the Assai­lants, to do their endeavour to get into the breach; it is there that the Besieged as well as Besiegers may make use of these Hand Granadoes; 'tis there where you shall see the more generous of both sides armed with Fire and Flames, defending valiantly the quarrel of their Prince, the interest of their Party, [...] Liberties and their Lives. They are imployed also upon other occasions, to wit, when the Besiegers are come up to the Walls of the Rampire, and so well placed, that making winding Stairs in the thickness of the Platform, they mount insensibly by retact; so that the Besieged cannot any way hinder by the defence of their Flanks, nor be kept safe by the Rampires themselves. Upon these occasions I say, the Besieged ought to pour down a [Page 9] a quantity of Hand Granadoes from aloft, or from the top of the Walls, upon their under-miners.

And sometimes they are also thrown at a distance greater than ordinary, according to the occasion; but when this cannot be done by the natural strength of a Soldier, without the aid of some artificial Instrument, the Masters in this Art have invented certain small Engines, made like unto one of our Ducking-Stools, with a Rope at one end to pluck it down by force, and at the other end a hollow place to lay the Balls in that are to be thrown, and with this Engine well contrived, one may throw upon the Enemy, not only Hand Granadoes; but also a quantity of other Artificial Mili­tary Fires, as glistring or shining Globes, Bombards, Fire-pots, and many other such like things, of which we shall speak in their place, may be thrown at a greater distance than is possible by the hand only.

This Instrument is not very difficult to make, it may easily be comprehended by what we have said. I shall only advertise you of one thing, that the longer the arm of the Engine is on that side that is to hold the Granadoes, more than the other part to which the Rope is fastned, the greater force the Engine will have; but you must understand this measure to be made from Axes or Iron Rolls, upon which the Arm moves.

CHAP. XI.

Of glistring or bright shining Fire-balls.

DIssolve upon the fire in a Brass or Earthen Vessel an equal portion of Sulphur, black Pitch, Rozin, and Turpentine; then take a Ball of Stone or Iron, that the Diameter be far less than the Diameter of a Cannon, or Morter Piece, for which you intend this Globe; plunge this Shot in this melted matter until it be all over cover'd with the matter about its exterior part, draw it from thence, and role it gently in Corn Powder, that done, cover it all over with a Cotton Cloath; then plunge it again in your Composition, and reiterate the rolling it in Powder, as be­fore, then cover it a second time with another Cotton Cloath; and thus continue dipping your Bullet, and wrapping it about with Cloath, until your Shot has acquired a just bigness, exactly to fill the Orifice of the Engine, remembring that the last Coat of the Shot must be of Corn'd Powder: Being then thus prepared, it must be put into the Cannon or Morter Piece naked, without any other thing compassing it, immediately upon the Powder in the Chamber, which must make the Bullet come forth; Then give fire freely to your Piece, to throw the shot where you intend it.

CHAP. XII.

Of Balls which Cast forth so great a smoak, that they blind whomsoever they come near.

IT is accustomed to do great execution by favour of the night, in occurrences of War, as well as in many other occasions: I mean not here to speak of the dark­ness of the night, for that is naturally effected by the first Causer of all things, from the order that he hath established amongst the Beings; but I intend only here to treat of the darkness that is made Artificially, and particularly such as may be produced and made to last a little time in a close or narrow place, according to the Rules of our Art, to be made for the blinding of the Enemy, which would force into our beings, and would attaque us by main strength, in a design to take away our Lives, Honour, and Goods; or when we have a design to facilitate the passage for the Assailants, in confounding or oppressing the Besieged in their Forts, with a cloudy and thick fume, in such a sort that one may take them as amazed Fish in troubled waters. For this purpose are Globes prepared, which whil'st they are on fire, produce a smoak so vehement and unpleasant, and in so great aboundance, that 'tis impossible to withstand the incommodity without bursting asunder; see here the Method. Take Ship Pitch in the Stone 4 l. Liquid Pitch 2 l. Colophonia 6 l. Sulphur 8 l. Salt-Peter 36 l. melt all these Drugs upon burning Coals in any vessel whatsoever, adding after 10 l. of Coal of Sawdust made of the Pine or Firr-Tree 6 l. Crude Anti­mony 2 l. incorporate and mix them very well together; then put into this melted ma [...]ter Tow, Hemp, and Linnen Cloaths a great quantity, and boyl them well in this Composition, and when they have drank up all the matter, then form them into Balls of such a big [...]ss as you please, so that it may be cast with the hand, or with the Engine mentioned in [...]he last Chapter, according as you shall find most convenient. And this is out true way to make Night at Noon-day, to obscure the Sun it self, and to blind the Eyes of the Enemies for some time. And this is the most lawful way that one may follow, because it shews its original from natural things, and we may believe th [...] it is alwayes sufficient justice, so that the Wars where such things are practised, be [...]ot unjustly enterprized.

CHAP. XIII.

Stink Balls.

STinking Globes are made to annoy the Enemy by their stinking vapours and fumes disagreeable to Nature; nay so unsufferable to the Nose, and to the Brain it self, by its most violent stink, that by no means it can be endured. The prepara­tion is as followeth, Take of Powder 10 l. of Ship Pitch 6 l. of Tar 20 l. Salt-Peter 8 l. Sulphur Colophonia 4 l. make all these Ingredients melt at the fire by a small heat, in an Earthen or Copper vessel, and all being well melted, throw into the melted matters 2 l. of Coal dust, of the cuttings or filings of Horses Hoofs 6 l. Assafoetida 3 l. Sagapenum 1 l. Spatula foetida half a pound: Mingle and incorporate them well together; [Page 11] then put into this matter Linnen or Woolen Cloath, or Hemp or Tow, so much as will drink up all the matter, and of these you may make Globes or Balls of what big­ness pleaseth your self best, according to the method and order as we have heretofore prescribed.

The Globes or Balls may be made Venomous or Poysonous, if to their Composi­tion be added these things following, viz. Mercury sublimate, Arsenick, Orpiment, Cinaber, to which may also be added many other Poysonous matters, which I shall forbear to mention, considering every one by Nature is apt enough to learn to do that which is mischievous.

CHAP. XIV.

Of the Shooting of Shot made red hot in the Fire.

IT is practice that hath been practised in former times to shoot red hot Fire-balls, and was counted of great defence, as you may find amongst many other things in the Works of Diodorus Siculus, where he sayes, Tyrios immisse in Alexandri Magni machinamenta massas ferreas candentes: Out of many Authors may be proved the customary use in former times of Shooting red hot Pieces of Iron., which we shall not dwell upon, but come to the Practice. First, you must Charge the Piece of Ordnance according to the customary manner, his due proportion of Powder, upon this Powder you must put a Wooden Cylender or Fidd, of a just and equal wideness with the bore of the Piece, which must be driven very stiff home to the Powder, and for your better security, you must put upon this another wad made of Straw, Hay, or of Oakam, or Tow; this being done, let the Piece be laid a little under Metal, and then cleanse the vacant place or hollow of the Piece with a Spunge, so that all the Grains of Powder that are there, may be taken away. This being done, lay your Piece to bear with the place you intend to shoot at, according to the method we have given in the second Part of Gunnery, and let your Piece thus remain until you have put in your red hot Bullet: your Bullet must be sure to be exactly round, and not so high, but that it may run freely down in the Piece to the wad, the Shot being red hot, take it out of the fire with a pair of Tongs made for that purpose, and put it into the Piece, and give an attentive Ear, for as soon as the Shot is supposed to be up to the Wad, give immediately Fire to your Piece of Ordnance.

There are others which put into their Pieces Boxes made of Plate, of Iron or Cop­per. Others do put into their Pieces Potters Clay, and upon them the fiery Bullet, which with a quick hand they thrust home with a Rammer, which ought to be defend­ed from fire by lining the Rammer head with Copper. But these are more perillous; and therefore we account that method above to be the best, and most free from danger.

CHAP. XV.

To Arm Pikes to defend a Ship or any other place.

TO arm Pikes, to defend a ship, or breach, or to enter the same, or to stick in the sides of a ship, or other place, take strong Canvas, and cut it in length about a foot, or 14 inches, and six inches high in the Center, and let the ends be both cut taper-wise, then fasten the Canvas at both ends with strong twine, and fill it with this receipt.

Powder bruised 8 parts, Peter in Roch 1 part, Peter in meal 1 part, Sulphur in meal two parts, Rozen Roch three parts, Turpentine 1 part, Verdigrease ½ part, Bole-armonick [...]/3 part, Bay salt [...]/ [...] part, Colophonia [...]/6 part, Arsnick 1/8 part, mix them very well together, and try them in the top of a Brass Candlestick, when the fire doth burn furiously with a blew and greenish colour, then fill the Canvas, and roul it over, being first armed with strong twine all over, with this liquid mixture molten in a pan, Pitch four parts, Linseed Oyl 1 part, Turpentine ⅔ part, Sulphur 1 part, Tarr [...]/ [...] part, Tallow one part; and as soon as this is cold, bore two holes in each of the same next the Iron an inch deep, with a sharp Iron Bodkin, filling the same with fine bruised powder, and putting in every hole a little stick of two inches long, which are to be taken out when you would fire the same; this composition will burn furiously.

And remember you cut off the staff some three inches from the work, and put thereon a brass socket of f [...]e or six inches long, and then cut the end of your staff to fill the socket, for when you fire your work, you may stick it in the side of a ship, and pull the staff out again, so will not the work be so easily avoided, as when the staff was on, and hangs at length, because the very weight of the staff, and length there­of, will be a means to weigh down the work, or that the enemie may come, and there­by pull it out, or beat it off quickly; let the Composition and work contain in weight about 7 pounds, then will it do execution, and work a better effect, than if it were of less weight, by much, by reason the composition else would be wasted, before it comes to effect its E [...]cution.

To burn the sayls of Ships a pre [...]y distance or to fire Thatch'd houses, Corn­stacks, or any other combustible matter apt to burn, when you cannot come to the same; it is good to have certain strong Cross-bows to bend with Racks or Gaffels, and so shoot Arrows armed at the heads with Wild-Fire, made of the composition as above, and about three inches in length, and one inch and a half in the Diameter, tapred as afore in all points: or you may have long bows, but then let your Arrows be also longer, which for divers services may do great good.

CHAP. XVI.

To charge Trunks with Balls of Wild-fire.

TO charge Trunks to shoot little Balls of wild-fire, either to offend or defend, you must first charge him with two inches of good Powder, and then with a Ball of wild-fire a little lower than the concave of the Trunk, let the Ball be bored through cross-ways, and primed full of fine powder. Lastly, with slow receipt, then with pow­der, then with a Ball again as aforesaid, until you have filled the same within ¼ of an inch of the mouth, which would be filled up with fine powder and receipt mixed together. Some do use to have at the mouth two Iron stirts to stick them in the side of any thing, [Page 13] or to defend ones self from the Enemy from taking it off with a thrust while they do Execution.

To make the Ball.

The Ball of Wild-fire must be thus made, Take untwisted Match, Tow, and Hemp, the which be moistned in Aqua-vitae, or boyled in Salt-Peter water: then take of bruised Powder six parts, of Salt-Peter one part, of Brimstone finely beaten one part, of coal made of light wood moistned with a little Linseed-oyl and Turpentine wrought together, one part: then lay the Tow or Oakam, abroad in thickness of the back of a knife, and as broad as a great Oyster-shel, put into the same as much as you can grasp together in your fist, and tying the same hard with a pack-thread, coat it over with molten Brimstone, and when you would use the same, bore it through with a Bodkin, and fill the holes full of fine powder bruised.

To make Bullets of Wild-fire to shoot out of a Trunk, which will be as hard as a Stone.

Take Sulphur in meal six parts, of Rozen in meal six parts, melting the same in some Pot over a slow fire: then take stone pitch one part, of hard wax one part, of Tarr ¼ part, of Aquavitae ½ part, of Linseed Oyl ½ part, of Verdigrease ¼ part, of Camphire ⅛ part, melting all these together. Likewise stir into the same of Peter in meal two parts, and taking it from the fire, put therein four parts of bruised pow­der, working the same well together in your hands, and roul it round of the bigness you mean to make your balls of, boring two holes through the same cross-ways, which must be primed with bruised powder. These balls being cold, will grow very hard, and fired will burn furiously.

To make Hedg-hogs.

To make Hedg-hogs, or balls, you must fill them with the same receipts you do your Arrows, and Pikes, and let them be five inches in the Diameter, and well ar­med with twine before you coat them, and after boared two holes, and primed with fine powder: then put in two sticks, and using them, pull them out again, and at the said holes fire them. The spikes end of Iron must be like Deaths Arrow heads, five or six stirts a piece to hang in the sayls, or stick in or upon any place assigned; and remember in the arming, to leave a noose to throw him being fired, out of your hand.

To make Powder-pots.

They are made of black Potters clay, or thick glass, round Bottles with ears to tye matches, lighted at both ends, the pots or glasses are to be filled with dry fine powder, and thrown upon the decks, or other where, which will much prejudice the Enemy, and many times fire their own Powder-chests.

ARTIFICIAL FIRE-WORKS FOR RECREATION.

AMongst all Artificial fires that have been put in practice many years, the Fuzees (which the Latins call Rochetae, and the Greeks Pyroboli) have always had the first Rank; (nevertheless this Greek word doth not well agree with the Etymologie of the word Rochetae) seeing that [...] signifies properly Tela ignita, that is, burning darts or Ar­rows, the Italians call them Rochetae and Raggi, the Germans Steigen de Kasten, Ragetten, and Drachetten, the Poles Race, the French Fuzees, the English Rockets, or Serpents. If we consider the invention of them, it hath been of so ancient standing, that the construction is now very common and familiar amongst all the Pyro­bolists and Fire-masters; the which, although it appears very easie in it self, yet there is in it labour, and requires that he that applyes himself to this work should not be careless, but on the contrary take all the care and diligence that possibly he can have for the preparing of such perilous things, considering likewise the expences and losses are irreparable after the experiment made; and seeing that nothing can be put in practice in publick Recreations without these Fuzees, therefore I think I am some­thing obliged here to shew the true way of preparing them, with their particular use.

CHAP. I.

How to make Rockets.

I Intend not here to write the Construction of Moulds fit for this purpose, but ra­ther leave the more curious Students herein to the works of Casimier Siemieno­wicz, Lieutenant General of the Artillery in the Kingdome of Polonia, in his great Art of Artillery written in the French Tongue and Printed at Amsterdam, and also in our Countrey-men Mr. Bate and Mr. Babington &c. That which I intend to do, is to teach you how they may be made by hand, or by help only of a Rouler to Roul the Paper upon; let it be turned to the thickness you intend, only let the Rouler be 8 times the Diameter in length. If it be three quarters of an inch in thickness, the length will be three inches. Roul your Paper hard on the Rouler until the thickness be one inch and a quarter Rouler and all; then glue the uppermost paper, and the Case is made. On the choaking or contracting the paper together at one end, within one Diameter of the end, except only a little hole, about one quarter the Diameter of the bore thereof, to contract these Cases on this manner, do thus, wet the end about one inch in water, then put the Rouler in again, and tye a great packthread about the wet within three quarters of an inch of the end, put another thing almost of the same Diameter with the Rouler in at the wet end about half an inch, hold it there, get some [Page 15] other body to draw the packthread together, you holding the Rouler and Rammer, one put down to the end within one inch, and the Rammer which must be little less than the Diameter to meet with that end within half an inch, in which the contract or choaking must be; the packthread having drawn it together, tye it fast on that place, take out the Former, let it dry, and it is done; when the hole is contracted together, make it so wide as is before taught, with a round bodkin, which you must provide for that purpose.

CHAP. II.

How to make Compositions for Rockets of any size.

THese ways which I will teach you I take them not upon trust out of every Author, but such as are men of known experience, as that Casimier before spoken of, and others of the like repute. And first, for Rockets of 1 ounce, you must use only Cannon-powder dust being beaten in a Morter, and finely sifted, and this will rise swift, and will make a great noise, but carries no tayl: Those of most beauty in their operation are made of 1 ounce of Charcoal-dust, eight ounces of Pow­der, this Composition will hold for Rockets of one, two, or three ounces; but for those of four, take three ounces of Charcoal-dust, to one pound of Cannon-pow­der dust, continuing that Rule until you come to Rockets of ten ounces, and from thence to Rockets of a pound; for there used to be one pound of Powder-dust to 4 oun­ces of Charcoal-dust. But for better satisfaction observe these Rules.

  • For Rockets of one pound. Take Powder 18 l. Salt-Peter 8 l. Charcoal 4 l. Sulphur 2 l,
  • For Rockets of two or three pound. Take of Salt-Peter 60 l. Coal 15 l. Sulphur 2 l.
  • For Rockets of four or five pound. Take of Salt-Peter 64 l. Coal 16 l. Sulphur 8 l.
  • For Rockets of six seven or eight pound. Salt-Peter 35 l. Coal 10 l. Sulphur 5 l.
  • For Rockets of nine or ten pound. Salt-Peter 62 l. Coal 20 l. Sulphur 9 l.
  • For Rockets from eleven to fifteen pound. Salt-Peter 32 l. Sulphur 8 l. Coal 16 l.
  • For Rockets from sixteen to twenty pound. Salt-Peter 42 l. Coal 26 l. Sulphur 12 l.
  • For Rockets from thirty to fifty pound. Salt-Peter 30 l. Coal 18 l. Sulphur 7 l.
  • For Rockets from sixty to a hundred pound. Take Peter 30 l. Sulphur 10 l. Coal 10 l.

CHAP. III.

To fill the Rockets with this Composition.

PLace the mouth downwards where it was choaked, and with a knife put in so much as you can of the receits provided for that size at one time; then put down your Rammer, which must be longer and narrower than the Former or Rouler upon which you made the Cases, and with a hammer of a pound weight, give three or four in­different knocks, then put in more composition with your knife, until it be full, at every time knocking the like as before with the Rammer, until the composition come within one diameter of the bore of the top, there put down a peece of pastboard, and knock it in hard, prick three or four little holes therein, then put fine pistol powder in almost to the top, and upon that another cap of paper, upon which put a peece of leather, that it may be tyed on the top of the Rocket, and fast glued on, then get a streight twig, and bind it upon the Rocket with strong packthred; it must be no heavier, than being put upon your finger, two or three fingers breadths from the mouth of the same, it may just ballast the Rocket; then it is prepared for use.

CHAP. IV.

How to give fire to one or more Rockets.

SEt your Rockets mouth upon the edge of any peece of timber, battlement of a wall, top of the Gunners carriage wheel, or any dry place whatsoever, where the rod or twig may hang perpendlcular from it, then lay a train of powder that may come under the mouth thereof, give fire thereunto, and you have done. But if you would fire more Rockets than one, that as one descendeth, the other may ascend by degrees, make this composition following of Roch peter 8 ounces, Quick Brim­stone 4 ounces, and fine Powder dust 2 ounces, which lay in a line from one Rocket to another, they being placed ten inches or a foot one from another, give fire to this composition, and it will work your desire, by causing one to mount into the air when the other is spent; but before you place your Rockets, remember to prick them with the bodkin.

CHAP. V.

Divers and sundry Compositions for Stars.

A Composition for Stars of a blew colour mixed with red.

TAke of Powder mealed 8 ounces, Salt-Peter 4 ounces, Quick Brimstone 12 ounces, Meal all these very fine, and mix them together with two ounces of Aqua-vitae, and half an ounce of Oyl of Spike, which let be very dry before you use it.

Another Composition which maketh a white and beautiful fire.

Take Powder 8 ounces, Salt-Peter 24 ounces, Quick Brimstone 12 ounces, Cam­phire 1 ounce, Meal these Ingredients and incorporate them: Now to meal your Camphire, take a brass pestle and morter, wet the end of the pestle in a little of the Oyl of Almonds, and it will meal to powder, then keep it close from the air, else it will become of no use,

Another white fire which lasteth long.

Take Powder 4 ounces, Salt-Peter 16 ounces, Brimstone 8 ounces, Camphire 1 ounce, Oyl of Peter 2 ounces, Meal those that are to be mealed, and mix them according to the former directions.

CHAP. VI.

The manner of making Stars; and to use them.

TAke little four square peeces of brown paper, which fill with the composition you approve of best, of the three last taught: so double it down, rouling it until you make it round, about the bigness of a nut, or bigger, according to the size of your Rocket, that you intend them for, prime them, withdrawing thorow them Cotton-week, and they are prepared.

You may also make them after this manner, you must have a rouler which must be as big as an ordinary arrow, which shall be to roul a length of paper about it, and with a little glue past it round; when it is dry draw out the rouler, and fill it by little and little, with a thimble; still thrusting it down, every filling of a thimble, with the rouler; which being filled, cut it in short pieces, about half an inch long; then having in readiness either hot glue, or size, mingled with red lead, dip therein one end of your short peeces, lest they take fire at both ends together, and because that it may not so easily blow out: these being thus finished, set them to dry until you have occasion to use them: and then putting the open end in powder on the top of the Rocket, in that place after the first pastboard, or cover, is placed in a Rocket; next the composition, where I taught you before to put powder for to make a report: [Page 18] which now you must leave out to place in these Stars; after this manner make two or three holes in that pastboard, which prime with powder-dust: and thereupon put a little Pistol powder, to blow the Stars out when the Rocket is spent: after the powder, put as I have said before, the open ends of these Stars, down upon that powder: when you have put them so close as they can stick one by the other, put a little small corned powder on the top of them, to run between them, and put another tyre of Stars upon that, and in like manner a third tyre upon them, till you come to the top of the Rocket-case, there put a paper over the head of it, and tye it close about the top, that none of the powder come from under or between the Stars.

How to prepare the Cotton-week, to prime the first sort of Stars.

Take Cotton-week, such as the Chandlers use for Candles, double it six or seven times double; and wet it thoroughly in Salt-peter water, or Aqua-vitae, wherein some Camphire hath been dissolved, or for want of either in fair water, cut it in divers pieces, roul it in mealed powder, dry it in the Sun, and it is done.

CHAP. VII.

How to make silver and golden Rain, and how to use them.

NOw I shew you the order of making golden Rain, which is after this manner; you must provide store of Goose-quills, which being provided, you must cut them off so long as they are hollow, the composition to fill these must be made thus; two ounces of cole-dust to one pound of powder well mixed; having filled many of these quills, you shall place them in the same place as I taught you to put the powder and Stars, first putting a small quanity of Pistol powder under them, to blow them out when the Rocket is spent: upon this put your quills, as many as will fill the top of the case, with the open end downwards; so soon as the Rocket is spent, you shall see appear a golden showre, which by some is called golden Rain: The like way you may make silver Rain, filling the quills with the Composition for white Stars.

CHAP. VIII.

How to make Fisgigs, which some call by the name of Serpents, and to use them.

YOu must provide a small rouling pin, about one quarter of an inch in thickness, upon which roul seven or eight thicknesses of paper: fill them four inches with powder dust, sometimes putting between the filling a little of the Composition for Rockets of 10 ounces: and at the end of four inches choak him; fill two inches more [Page 19] with Pistol powder; then choak the end up: at the other end put in a little of the mixture for Stars, and choak between that and the composition, and you have done: put divers of these with the Starry end downwards, upon the head of a Rocket, as you did the quills, with powder to blow them out; when the Rocket is spent, they will first appear like so many Stars; when the Stars are spent, taking hold of the pow­der dust, they will run wrigling to and fro like Serpents; and when that Compo­sition is spent, they will end with every one a report, which will give great content. I shall have occasion to speak of these Fisgigs in other Fire-works.

CHAP. IX.

How to make Girondels, or (as some call them) Fire-Wheels.

A Fire-Wheel is often required in great Works for pleasure, and therefore I have thought fit and necessary, to set down their description, as well as of all other sorts of Fire-works; First, you must make a Wheel of Wood, so big as you please, to make Girondels, and unto these bind Rockets very fast of a mean bigness, with the mouth of one towards the tail of another, thus continuing until you have filled your Wheel quite round, which done, cover them with paper pasted very curiously, that one taking fire, they may not take fire all together; and daub Sope upon them quite round, leaving the mouth of one of them open to give fire thereto; for the first Rocket having burned, will give fire to the next, keeping the Wheel in continual motion, until they be all spent: there may be bound fire Lances to these Girondels, either upright, or neer, overthwart, which will make to appear diversity of fiery Circles; Your care must be, to place the Girondels at a convenient distance, from other Fire-Works, lest they should cause confusion, and spoil all your Work.

CHAP. X.

How to represent divers sorts of Figures in the Air with Rockets.

I Have taught you to make a report upon the head of a Rocket, and also to place golden or silver Hair or Rain, or Stars, or Fisgigs, which when you have divers Rockets to make for a great Fire-work, let one be with a report, the next with Stars, another with Gold Hair, or Rain, one with Silver Hair or Rain, for standing just under the Rocket it appeareth like Rain, but being aside hand, like Golden or Silver Hair: and upon the head of another Rocket place the Fisgigs, which when the Rocket is spent will first appear like so many Stars, after they are ended, they will shew like Serpents wrigling to and fro, and lastly, give every one his report.

It is a rare thing to represent a Tree or Fountain, in the air, which is made by put­ting many little Rockets upon one great one, passing all the rods of the little ones [Page 18] [...] [Page 19] [...] [Page 20] thorow wires, made on purpose upon the sides of the great one, or some other way, as your industry will discover; now if the little ones take fire while the great one is mounting up, they will represent a Tree, but if they take fire as the great one is de­scending or turning down again towards the ground, then they will be like a foun­tain of fire; if there be two or three little Rockets amongst others, that have no rods, they will make divers motions contrary to the rest, very pleasing.

If before you put the Fisgigs upon the head of a great Rocket, you with a small string tye them together, a foot of line between; when they are on fire in the Air you will see very great variety of Figures, because as they wriggle to and fro, they will pull one another after them, to the speculators great content: it will be pleasant if you tye them not altogether, but three or four, which will in the firing of them, be distinguished from the rest, with great variety.

CHAP. XI.

How to make a Rocket, which firing it out of your hand, shall continually be in agitation, either on the earth, or in the air.

HAving prepared a Rocket with a report in the head, such as I taught you first to make, tye it to a bladder, so that the end of the Rocket may come to the month of the said bladder, and bind it over very strongly, then firing it out of your hand, cast it away from you, it matters not which way, so it will come to the ground; there by reason of the bladder, it cannot stay, but presently rebounds upwards, moving to and fro, until all be spent: there is another sort, and that is a small rocket, put into a bladder, and so blown up round about it, and tyed about the neck thereof, which will have delightful motions.

CHAP. XII.

Of the many defects in Fuzees, how they may be avoided, and of such things as ought to be observed in their good Construction.

THe first and most notable defect which is observed in Fuzees, is that after they are lighted or risen into the Air the height of 1, 2, or 3 Perches, they break, and do dissipate without making their entire effects.

The second, which is little better, is after it is remaining suspended upon the nail it consumes but very leisurely, without going away or raising it self in the Air.

The third is, when they are raised in the Air, they describe only an Arch of a Circle like a Rainbow, and return upon the earth again before the Composition in the Fuzee be consumed.

The fourth is when it moves in a spiral manner, whirling in the Air without ob­serving an equal motion; that is not right as it ought to be.

The fifth is when it mounts sloathfully and negligently, as if it disdained or refused to elevate it self into the Air.

The sixth and last is, that the Case or Cartouch remains hanging upon the Nail quite empty, and the Composition doth rise and dissipate alone into the Air. There is many other vexations and inconveniencies which may give trouble to the Practitioners in these Arts with vain expence, which would loose too much time to repeat: It will be sufficient if you take notice of these which are principal, whereby, if by ill fortune you be faln into any of these defaults, you may correct your error easily, and then immediately correct those faults. And for this purpose, observe the rules given in the next Chapter.

CHAP. XIII.

Infallible Rules by which you may make Fuzees, or Rockets, without any default.

FIrst, that they have their height proportionable to the Diameter of their Orifice, as we have before declared.

Secondly, the Cartouch ought to be of wood, or glued or pasted paper, not too thick, nor too thin.

Thirdly, they ought to be made of strong paper of indifferent dryness, properly rouled and well compacted close upon the Former.

Fourthly, the necks ought to be bound about very strongly and firm, in such a sort, that the knot of the thred, and the folds of the Cartouch, may not lye amiss one upon the other.

Fifthly, all the Materials of the Composition must be exactly weighed according to the proportion of the Orifice of the Fuzee that you would charge, and also well beaten and sifted particularly; after, having weighed them again, and mixed them in one body well together, you must pound them again, and pass them through the Sieve as you did before.

Sixthly, that the Salt-Peter and Sulphur be powdered and clarified as much as possible may be, and the Coal perfectly well burned and exempted from all humidity, and made of wood that is light and soft, as the Teile, the Hazle, and the branches of the Willow Tree; and on the contrary, 'tis necessary to have a care, that you make not use of such Coals as are made of Birch, Oak, nor Maple, because they contain in them much weighty and terrestial matter.

Seventhly, matters for Rockets or Fuzees ought to be prepared immediately before they are intended for use, and not before.

Eighthly, the matters of Composition ought to be neither too dry nor too moist, but moistned a little with some Oliganious matter, or with a little Brandywine.

Ninthly, there must be put into the Cartouch alwayes an equal quantity of the Composition at a time, and so beat it down alike; and thus do until it be filled.

Tenthly, you must beat the Composition alwayes with the Rammer right up, or perpendicularly, and take care that in the beating it be not made crooked.

Eleventhly, You must strike down the Composition with a wooden Mallet, that is of heft proportionable to the bigness and thickness of the Rocket, and alwayes with an equal strength, and just number of stroaks, every time you put in any of the Com­position.

Twelfthly, in Cartouches made of paper, you must put in round peeces of wood hollowed; but in those that are made of wood, you must put such as are smooth, without any channel or hollowing, to the end that it joyn the better to the sides of the Fuzee, where it must joyn firmly, as well without as within.

13. The Fuzee must be peirced with a Bit or Awl that is convenient, in such a sort that the hole be not too big nor too straight, nor too long nor too short.

14. The hole must be made the most streight and perpendicular that may be possible, and just in the middle of the Composition, to the end that it lean nor to any one side, more than to the other.

15. The Fuzee must not be peirced before it be intended for use, and after it is pierced you must handle it tenderly, only with the ends of your fingers, for fear of deforming it.

16. The Pearch or Stick to which you fasten the Fuzee, ought to be proportio­nable as well in length as weight; it must not be crooked nor winding in any manner, neither unequal, nor full of knots, but streight as possible can be made, and must therefore be made smooth, and streightned with a Plain, if need requires.

17. After they are Charged, they must not be laid into too dry a place, nor in a place too moist, for the one or other of those accidents may hurt them; therefore let the place be temperate.

18. When you would use them and put them into action, hang them upon a nail perpendicular to the Horizon.

19. You must not think to raise a bundle of a great weight, or that has too great a disproportion to their strength, you must adjoyn them together so rightly, that all together may have a proper form, and reasonable to pass into the Air, and to elevate it self on high without any difficulty, and in such a sort, that those bundles may not by any means give hinderance or stoppage to their rising in a streight line; and take care most exactly that the Fuzee be not so big, but that they may retain as near as you can a Pyramidal or Conical form, when all its weight that may be is adjoyned to it.

20. Men ought to shun as much as possible those nights that are rainy, moist, and when the Sky is darkned with black clouds, as being very incommodious and offen­sive to the Fuzees. And more than that, avoid impetuous Stormy winds, and the Whirl-winds hinder no less than the first.

21. You may not reject above other causes, the different effects which are pro­duced by sundry Fuzees (although they be charged with one and the same Compo­sition) no otherwise than thus, that they were not made with an equal diligence either in the Charging or Peircing, or in the other Circumstances, which you were obliged to observe; or in this, that it may be some may have been kept in a more moister place than the others, where they have acquired too much moisture, which causeth to them, effects much different one from another, as well in Rising as in Consuming.

22. If you would make appear in the Air streams of fire, or a quantity of burning sparks or stars, or long large rayes to dart from the Fuzees; there is ac­customed to mix with the Composition some small quantity of powdered Glass grosly beaten, filings of Iron, Sawdust. One may also represent fire of divers colours, as we have shewed before in the fifth Chapter; but more particularly thus; if you put a certain portion of Camphire in your Composition, you will see in the Air a certain fire which will appear, white, pale, and of the colour of Milk; if you put Greek Pitch, which is a light yellow Pitch used in Plaisters, called Pix Burgundy, it will represent unto you a red flame, and of the colour of Brass; if you put in Sulphur, the fire will appear blew; if Sal-Armoniack, the fire will appear Greenish; if from Crude Antimony, the flame will be Red, Yellowish, and of the Colour of Honey; if the filings of Ivory be added, they will render a Silver-like, White and shining flame, yet something inclining to a Livid Plumbous colour; if the powder of Yellow Amber be added, the fire will appear of the same colour, with the Citrine; lastly, if black Pitch be added, it will throw forth an obscure smoaky fire, or rather a smoak that is black and thick, which will darken all the Air.

CHAP. XIV.

Of Odoriferous Aquatick Balls.

CAuse to be made by a Turner, Balls of wood, hollow within, about the bigness of a Wild Apple, which you must fill with some one of these Compositions hereunto annexed, and they being all prepared and charged, you may throw them into the water after they are lighted, but it ought to be done in a Chamber or close place, that the fume may be the better kept together, and this must be done with some small end of our Match made of prepared Flax or Hemp, to the end that the Composition which is shut up in the Globe may take fire with the greater facility.

The Compositions are these that follow, viz.

Take Salt-Peter, Storax Calamite, one Dram; Incense one ounce, Mastick one ounce, Amber half an ounce, Civet half an ounce, of the Sawings of Juniper wood two ounces, of the Sawings of Cypress wood two ounces, Oyl of Spike one ounce; Make your Composition according to the Art and Method given. Or,

Take of Salt-Peter two ounces; of Flower of Brimstone, Camphire, half an ounce; powder of yellow Amber half an ounce, Coals of the Teile tree one ounce; Flower of Benjamin, or Assa sweet, half an ounce; Let the matters that may be beaten be powdered, afterwards well mingled and incorporated together.

CHAP. XV.

Compositions to Charge Globes or Balls, that will burn as well under as above water.

FIrst, take Salt-Peter reduced into fine meal 16 l. Sulphur 4 l. of the sawings of wood which hath been first boyled in a Nitrous water, and afterwards well dryed, 4 l. Of good Corned powder half a pound, of the powder of Ivory 4 ounces. Or thus,

Salt-Peter 6 l. Sulphur 3 l. of beaten powder 1 l. Filings of Iron 2 l. of Bur­gundy pitch half a pound. Or thus,

Salt-Peter 24 l. of beaten powder 4 l. Sulphur 12 l. of Sawdust 8 l. of yellow Amber half a pound, of Glass beaten in gross powder half a pound, of Camphire half a pound. For that which concerns the manner of preparing all these Compositi­ons; it differs nothing from what we have prescribed in the making of Rockets, only 'tis not necessary that the materials be so subtilly beaten, powdered nor sifted, as for those Fuzees, but nevertheless to be well mixed one among another. Care must be taken that they be not too dry when you charge the Globes or Balls, and for that purpose they may be moistned with Linseed-oyl, Oyl of Olives, Petrole, Hemp­seed, Nuts, or any other fatty humour that is receptible of fire.

Note,. that amongst all these Compositions of matters that will burn in the water, which I have here proposed from my own particular experience, every one may make them as pleaseth himself best, provided he always take the materials in propor­tion [Page 24] one to the other, as they ought. But nevertheless I shall counsel you to expe­rience from time to time your Compositions, for the greater surety, before you expose them to the publick view of the world. It is also amongst the rest very necessary that you learn the force and strength of every material you put into the Compositions, whereby you may at your pleasure know how to alter and vary your proportion, as you shall judg fit.

CHAP. XVI.

Of Stars and fiery Sparks, called by the Germans Stern-veuer and Veuerputzen.

I Have shewed the Composition of Stars in Chap. 5. I have also shewed the way of making them up, and their use, and also I have shewed the manner of giving to them various Colours, as in the 22 Rule of the 13 Chapter, where I had an intent to say no more of these things: But finding in Master Cazimier's Artillery these Compositions, which I judge may prove very excellent; therefore I thought good to insert them, that I might leave out nothing that might make more perfect any thing we treat of.

First, you must know that between fiery Sparks and Stars there is this diffe­rence, that the Stars are greater, and are not so soon consumed by the fire as the Sparks are, but do subsist longer in the Air; and do shine with greater substance, and with such a light, that by reason of their great splendor, they are in some manner comparable with the Stars in the Heavens. They are prepared according to the fol­lowing Method.

Take Salt-Peter half a pound, Sulphur two ounces, Yellow Amber powdered one Dram, Antimony Crude one Dram, of beaten Powder three Drams. Or,

Take Sulphur two ounces and a half, Salt-Peter four ounces, Powder subtilly powdered four ounces, Olibanum, Mastick, Christal, Mercury sublimate, of each four ounces, White Amber one ounce, Camphire one ounce, Antimony and Orpi­ment half an ounce; All these materials being well beaten and well sifted, they must be mixt together with a little Glue or Gum-water, made with Gum-Arabick or Tragacant; then make them into small Balls about the bigness of a Bean or small Nut, which being dryed in the Sun, or in a Pan by the fire, may be kept in a convenient place for such uses as we have spoken of in the fifth Chapter of this Book. You must only remember, that when you would put them into Rockets or Recreative Balls, they must be covered on all sides with prepared Tow, of which we have shewed the way of preparing in the seventh Chapter of the first Part of our Fire-works.

Sometimes Fire-Masters are accustomed to take in the places of these little Balls, a certain proportion of melted matters, of which we have spoken in the first Part of Fire-works; But if these do not please you, by reason of their swarthy colour, but you rather desire to see them yellow, or inclining somewhat to white, then take of Gum-Arabick or Tragacant four ounces, powder it and pass it through a Sieve, of Camphire dissolved in Aqua-vitae two ounces, Salt-Peter a pound and a half, Sulphur half a pound, Glass grossy powdered four ounces, White Amber an ounce and a half, Orpiment two ounces, make all these Ingredients into one mass, and make Globes of them as before. I Learned this, saith my Author, from Claude Midorge.

For the method of making Sparkles in particular, it is thus; Take Salt-Peter one ounce, of this Liquid matter half an ounce, of beaten Powder half an ounce, of Camphire two ounces; after you have beaten all these materials into powder, every one by it self, put all of them into an Earthen Pan, and put upon them the Water of Gum Tragacanth, or Brandy-wine, wherein you have dissolved some Gum Tragacanth or Arabick, until it be of a good consistency; that done, take an ounce of Lint, which has first been boyled in Brandy-wine or Vinegar, or in Salt-Peter, and after dryed again, and the threads drawn out; then put it into the Composition, and mix them well together, so well and so long until it has drank up all the matter; of these Compositions make little Balls in the form of Pills, and of the bigness of great Peas, which you must roul in mealed Gun-powder, and dry them, whereof you may serve your self, according to the method we have prescribed.

Besides these, there are certain odoriferous Pills prepared, which are employed in small Engines and fiery Inventions, which are shewed in Chamber Roams, or close Cabinets, these are commonly prepared of Storax, Calamite, Benjamin, Amber, white and yellow, and of Camphire, of each one ounce, Salt-Peter three ounces, of Coals made of the Teil Tree four ounces; beat all these Ingredients to powder, then incorporate them well together, and moisten them with Rose Water, in which is dissolved Gum-Arabick or Tragacanth, to make thereof little Balls; at last, having fashioned them, expose them to the Sun or to the fire to dry.

THE DOCTRINE OF PROJ …

THE DOCTRINE OF PROJECTS APPLYED TO GUNNERY.

By those late famous Italian Authors GALILAEUS AND TORRICELLIO.

Now rendred in ENGLISH.

LONDON, Printed in the Year 1672.

THE PREFACE.

GALILAEUS in his 4th. Dialogue of Motion, hath largely treated of ae­quable and accelerate or increasing Motions, as also of that of Projects, or things shot, and thence derived several Propositions or Conclusions, and hath likewise made several Tables touching the Amplitudes or Base Lines, and the Altitudes or Heights of the Semiparabola's or Curves described by the Motion and Ranges of Pro­jects. The which Doctrine the late Famous Torri­cellio of Florence, having with great Judgment much advanced and facilitated, applying the whole to the Art of Gunnery; that the benefit of his pains might redound to the English Reader, that is especially Delighted or Exercised in the Affairs of Mars, it was thought fit to render the same into English.

THE DOCTRINE OF PROJECTS APPLYED TO GUNNERY.

PROPOSITION.

The Impetus B A (that is, as much as is that of the moveable naturally falling from B to A by the Which Defini­tion is; when we name an Impetus given, we deter­mine it in spaces, according as Galilaus useth; Exemp. Grat. When we say, let the Impetus given be A B, then we mean, let the Impetus given be so much as is requisite to throw the Project from A to the highest point of the perpendicular B; or, which is the same, as much as is the Impetus of a moveable naturally falling from B to A. Definition) as also the Direction A I, according to which the Projection is to be made with the said Impetus being given: it is required to find the Amplitude, Altitude, and the whole future Parabola of this Projection.

THorow A and B draw the Ho­rizontal lines A D, and B L,

[a square inscribed by various lines and angles]

and describe the Semicircle A F B about the Diameter A B, which shall somewhere cut the line A C, seeing that A D is a Tangent. Let the Section be in F, and draw the Horizontal line F E, and prolong F G equal to F E; then by G let fall the perpendicular L G D; then about the Diameter G D, by the points G and A, describe the Parabola A G, which can be but one, by the precedent Which Lemma was; that about the Diameter G D, thorough the Vertex G, and any assigned point A, there cannot be described more than one Parabola. Lemm. of Propos. VIII. Lemma; nor can there any other Parabola be described about the Diameter [Page 4] this is the Parabola sought. For the directive line of this Parabola is AI, seeing that it toucheth the Parabola in A, for EG, or AD, is double to FG by constru­ction; and therefore DG, and GI are equal: wherefore AI is the Tangent to the Parabola.

Again, I say, that this Parabola is described by the Impetus given; for AE, EF, and EB, or those three lines equal to DG the Altitude, GF the Semi-base, and GL are in continual proportion. Wherefore GL is the sublimity, by the V. Proposi­tion De metu Projecto­rum. of Galiaeus, and its Corollary.

Then thus: the Impetus of the Parabola AG in the point A, is as much as that of the Cadent naturally falling from L to D, (by X. of Galiaeus) that is, from B to A, or of the Project ascending from A to B: therefore the Parabola hath in the point A the Impetus that was given: wherefore that is done which was required.

But because this Proposition is of great moment, for clearing of those that follow, we will prove it another way.

Let the same Impetus A, B and the same direction AFC be given: the Parabola made by this projection is sought, describe as before, a Semicircle about the Diameter

[various labeled lines and angles]

AB, which shall cut AC: seeing that AD is a Tangent. Let it cut it in F, and drawing the Horizontal line EFG, so as that EF and FG may be equal, described, or conceive a Parabola to be described along by the points A and G about the Dia­meter GD. I say, that this is the Parabola of the Project, if it be thrown from the point A, accord­ing to the Direction AC, with the Impetus AB. Now if the moveable do not run along this same Parabola it will run along some other; as suppose A P: let the Vertex, or the highest point of this Parabola AP be found, and let it be P.

First, it is manifest that the point P cannot be in the line LD; because since the line AC toucheth each Parabola, that ID the common Axis should be cut into two equal parts in two points by the Vertex's of the Parabola, is absurd. Nor can it be in the line EG: for drawing the Diameter, suppose MN, thorough the [...]rtex, that MN should be cut into two equal parts by the line EG, is absurd: for only ID, of all the lines parallel unto it in the angle CAD, can be cut into two equal parts.

Now let the point P fall any where at pleasure, and draw the Horizontal line PR: for as much as PN and PM are equal, by the II of * this, NR and RA, PR and RS Which se­cond Pro­position is, that the sub­lime point of the Range of any Pro­ject [P] doth cut the Perpendicular [M] intercepted betwixt the Horizon and line of direction, into two equal parts. shall be equal. And because the Parabola AP hath the Impetus BA; that is, OM, the Point O shall be its sublimity: and for that reason the lines OP, PR, and PM shall be in continual proportion; and the Rectangle OPM equal unto the square PR: and changing the lines with their equals, the Rectangle BSA shall be equal to the square SR: therefore the R is in the point Periphery of the Semicircle: which is absurd; for the right line AF shall meet with the Periphery in two several points: wherefore, &c.

COROLLARIES.

FIrst, Hence is manifest, that the Impetus of

[a parabola inscribed by various angles]

any Machine being given, as for example EA, if there be described about EA the Semicircle ADE, one may assign the Alti­tudes and the Amplitudes of all the proje­ctions that can be made by the same Machine. For example; the Impetus EA remaining still the same, let projections be made along the lines of several elevations AC, AD, and AB. The projection made according to the dire­ction AC, shall ascend as high as to the Ho­rizontal line FC prolonged: and the pro­jection made along the direction AD, shall have its Apex in the line HD prolonged: and of the projection made according to the line AB, the greatest Altitude shall be in the Horizontal line GB prolonged.

2. In the Book of Galilaeus de motu naturaliter accelerato, it is proved, that projects thrown with the same Impetus out of A, if born up by plains of several incli­nations, do alwayes arrive unto one and the same Horizontal plain. But here it ap­peareth, that the several ascensions of projects do vary when they are thrown thorough the pure Air, without any fulciment put under them, according to several elevations. For the moveable shall less ascend, which is emitted along the line AB less elevated, than that which shall be projected along AD more elevated.

3. It is manifest also, that no Altitude can in such sort ascend, as that it may reach unto the Horizontal parallel that is drawn thorow E the highest point of the perpen­dicular projection.

4. It is also manifest, that all Amplitudes do alwayes encrease from that pro­jection which is called the point blanck Randon, until you come to the projection made at the Semi-right Angle. And from the Semi-right unto the perpendicular, they alwayes diminish until they come to nothing; which hapneth in the perpendicular projection, which hath no Amplitude.

5. From whence we may observe, that the Amplitudes of each Parabola made by the same Impetus, the elevations of which are equi-distant from the Semi-right, are equal to each other. For, since the lines AB and AC are equi-distant from the Semi-right elevation, the Arches DB and DC

[a parabola inscribed by various angles]

shall be equal, as subtending equal Angles: and consequently the BA and CE, the remainders of their Quadrants shall be equal: therefore also the Sines of them, BG and CF, shall be equal. And for the same reason, the whole Amplitudes of each Parabola, which are Quadruple to the Sines BG and CF, shall be equal.

6. It is manifest likewise that the Altitudes and Sublimities of projections equi-distant from the Semi-right, are reciprocally equal to one another, that is, the Altitude of the one is equal to the sub­limity of the other.

7. We will therefore make a Corollary of that which to Galilaeus was an arduous Theorem, to wit, that the Semi-right Or Randon. projection is the greatest of all those made by the same Impetus. For, if you suppose the Angle CAD to be Semi-right, CD shall be the Semi-Diameter; that is the greatest of all the Sines that can be given in the Semi­circle.

8. It is manifest also, that the whole Amplitude of the Semi-right Parabola is double to the line of the Sublimity, or the Impetus AB: for it hath been demonstrated to be Qua­druple of the right line CD, that is double to AB.

[a parabola inscribed by a right triangle]

PROP. II.

The Impetus and Amplitude being given, to find I incite this Pro­position, as being also cited in the ensuring Dis­course.the direction according to which the Parabola was made; as also to find the Altitude.

LEt the given Impetus be AB, and let AD be the fourth part of the Amplitude given. About AB described the Semi-circle ACB, and erect DCE, (which if it shall not fall in the Semi-circle, the the problem is impossible) and let it cut the Semi-circle in the points C and E. I say, that either the direction AC or AE, if the given Impetus AB be retained, shall described a Parabola, whose Amplitude shall be Quadruple to the line AD, this is manifest from the things preceding. For projections made with the Impetus AB, ac­cording to the directions AC, or AE, have an Amplitude Quadruple to GE, or FC or AD, which are equal to one another; and the Altitude may in the one be AF, as also in the other AG, as appeareth, &c.

[labeled parabola and lines]

In this place I have thought sit to insert the Tables following: the first Classis of which containeth three Tables, the same with those of Galilaeus, which we placed Part. 1. Dial. 4. Page 241. of this present Tome, but different in many of the Numbers, as being desumed from the Tables of Sines and Tangents, whereas Galilaeus Calcu­lateth his with much labour, according to the Principles of his Doctrine of Proje­ctive motion, laid down in that his fourth Dialouge. The second Classis consists of two Tables added by Torricellius, the one of Durations, the other of Eleva­tions or Randons: the Explanations and Calculations of which are annexed to them by the Author, but here omitted on the account of brevity.

TABLE I. The Amplitudes of the Semi-Parabola's descri­bed by the same Impe­tus. The greatest Am­plitude is supposed to be of 10000 parts; and the Number of the Table are double to the right Sines of the arches of the elevation.
Degr. of Elevat.Ampl. of Semi-P.D. of Elev.
134989
209888
3104587
4139286
5173685
6207984
7241983
8275682
9309081
10342080
11374679
12406778
13438477
14469576
15500075
16529974
17559273
18587072
19615771
20642870
21669169
22694768
23719367
24743166
25766065
26788064
27809063
28829062
29848061
30866060
31882959
32898858
33913557
34927256
35939755
36951154
37961353
38970352
39978151
40984850
41990349
42994548
43997647
44999446
451000045
TABLE II. The Altitudes of the Semi-Parabola's, whose Impetus is the same with that of the precedent Table. The greatest Altitude is suppo­sed to be of 10000 parts; and the Numbers of the Table are double to the halfs of the versed Sines of the Arches of the Elevation.
D. of Elev.Altit. of Semi-P.
13
212
327
449
576
6109
7149
8194
9245
10302
11364
12432
13506
14585
15670
16760
17855
18955
191060
201170
211284
221403
231527
241654
251786
261922
272061
282204
292350
302500
312653
322808
332966
343127
353290
363455
373622
383790
393960
404132
414304
424477
434651
444826
455000
465174
475349
485523
495696
505868
516040
526210
536378
546545
556710
566873
577034
587192
597347
607500
617650
627796
637939
648078
658214
668346
678470
688597
698716
708830
718940
729045
739145
749240
759330
769415
779494
789568
799636
809698
819755
829806
839851
849891
859924
869951
879973
889988
899997
9010000
TABLE III. The Altitudes and Sublimities of the Semi-Parabola's, whose Amplitudes are equal, Viz. alwayes 10000 parts; the Altitudes are the halfs of the Tan­gents of the Angles of the Elevation; and the Sublimities are the halfs of the Tangents of the Complements of the Elevation.
D. of Elev.Alti­tudes.Sublimi­ [...]ies.
187286450
2175143186
326295406
435071503
543757150
652547572
761440722
870335577
979231569
1088228356
1197225723
12106323523
13115421657
14124720054
15134018660
16143417437
17152916354
18162515388
19172214521
20182013737
21191013025
22202012375
23212211779
24222611230
25233210723
26243910252
2725489813
2826599404
2927729020
3028878668
3130048321
3231248002
3332477699
3433737413
3535017141
3636336882
3737686635
3839066400
3940496175
4041965959
4143465752
4245025553
4346635362
4448285718
4550005000
4651784828
4753624663
4855534502
4957524346
5059594196
5161754049
5264003906
5366353768
5468823633
5571413501
5674133373
5776993247
5880023124
5983213004
6086602887
6190212772
6294042659
6398132548
64102522439
65107232332
66112302226
67117792122
68123752020
69130251919
70137371820
71145211722
72153881625
73163541529
74174371434
75186601340
76200541247
77216571154
78235231063
7925723972
8028356882
8131569792
8235577703
8340722614
8447572525
8557150437
8671503350
8795406262
88143186175
8928645087
90Infinita.00
TABLE IV. The Durations or Impetus of Projects made by the same Impetus compared to the Horizon. the greatest Duration or Impetus is sup­posed to be of 1000 parts; and the Numbers of the Table are the right Sines of the Elevations.
Degr. of Elevat.Dur. on Impet.
175
2349
3523
4698
5872
61045
71219
81392
91564
101736
111908
122079
132250
142419
152588
162756
172924
182090
193256
203420
213584
223746
233907
244067
254226
264384
274540
284695
294848
305000
315150
325299
335446
345592
355736
365878
376018
386157
396293
406428
416561
426691
436820
446947
457071
467193
477314
487431
497547
507660
517771
527880
537986
548090
558192
568290
578387
588480
598572
608660
618746
628892
638910
648988
659063
669135
679205
689272
699336
709397
719455
729510
739563
749613
759659
769703
779744
789781
799816
809848
819878
829903
839925
849945
859962
869976
879986
889994
899998
9010000
TABLE V. The Degrees of Elevation to which the Piece is [...] be mounted, that the Amplitude of the Projections may be made of the given measure. We suppose all the Projection to have the same Impet. that is to be made by the same Piece & that the greatest is 4000 paces.
Spaces, on equal encreases of the Projection.Spa­ces.Deg. of Elevat.Comple­ment.
1000 1789 43
2000 3489 26
3000 5289 08
401 0988 51
501 2688 34
601 4 [...]88 17
702 0088 00
802 1887 42
902 3587 25
1002 5287 08
1103 0986 51
1203 2786 33
1303 4486 16
1404 0185 59
1504 1985 41
1604 3685 24
1704 5485 06
1805 1184 49
1905 2984 31
2005 4684 14
2106 0483 56
2206 2183 39
2306 3983 21
2406 5783 03
2507 1482 46
2607 3282 28
2707 5082 10
2808 0881 52
2908 2681 34
3008 4481 16
3109 0280 58
3209 2080 40
3309 3880 22
3409 5680 04
35010 1479 46
36010 3379 27
37010 5 [...]79 09
38011 1078 50
39010 2978 31
40011 4778 13
41012 0677 54
42012 2577 35
43012 4477 16
44013 0376 57
45013 2276 38
46013 4276 18
47014 0175 59
48014 2175 39
49014 4075 20
50015 0072 00
51015 2074 40
52015 4074 20
53016 0074 00
54016 2173 39
55016 4173 19
56017 0272 58
57017 2372 37
58017 4472 16
59018 0571 55
60018 2671 34
61018 4871 12
62019 1070 50
63019 2270 26
64019 5469 06
65020 1669 44
66020 3969 21
67021 0268 58
68021 2568 35
69021 496 21
70021 1367 47
71022 3767 23
72023 0266 56
73023 2766 33
74023 5266 08
75024 1865 42
76024 4465 16
77025 1164 49
78025 3864 22
79026 0663 54
80026 3463 26
81027 0362 57
82027 3362 27
83028 0361 57
84028 3461 26
85029 0660 54
86029 3660 21
87030 1459 46
88030 5059 10
89031 2758 33
90032 0557 55
91032 4557 15
92033 2856 32
93034 1355 47
94035 0254 58
95035 5454 06
96036 5253 08
97037 5852 02
98039 1650 44
99040 5749 03
100045 0045 00

The use of the Precedent TABLE.

SUppose that the greatest Range, namely the Range made at the elevation of the sixth point of the Quadrant by a Culverin, be, for example, 4000 Geometrical paces, I desire with the same Piece to make a shot in such manner that its Range may be just 2360 paces long. I take the fourth part of 2360, which is 590, and I look upon the Table, and find against that Number, that the elevation to be given to the said Piece is 18 Degrees and 5 Minutes, or Gr. 71. and Min. 55, its Complement. And I say, by the things demonstrated, that the forementioned Piece with one of these two Elevations, shall carry the Ball 2360 paces distance above the Horizon. But those Elevations which exceed the sixth point of the Quadrant, are not inserted for the use of * Artillery, but only for Morter-Pieces, Rams, and Granadoes. It is to be That is, all long Pieces. noted, therefore, that with that same first Elevation the Ball will make a low Range,

[a high, arcing parabola inscribed by a lower, flatter one]

but swift, as the line marked A, and with a great Horizontal Impetus, pro­per to make breaches in Walls, or give other lateral impulses. But with the other Elevation it shall describe the Range B, which shall be slow in its Horizontal motion, but with suffi­cient perpendicular Impetus at the last, proper to batter Vaults, Roofs, and to make other breaches perpendicular to the Horizon; or to cast things to any determinate mark. as [...] v. gr. little Baggs im­baled with Cord, full of Sulphur, Salt-Peeter, or Meal, or Balls with Letters or other things within them. In a word, both those Elevations that are equally distant from the sixth point, will carry the Ball unto the same place: but yet with this difference, that with the first and least Elevation it shall fall to the Earth (as Gunners speak) Grazing; and with the second and greater Elevation, it shall descend almost plumb, or perpendicular.

I know that its very seldom, and perhaps never found, that the greatest Range of a Piece of Ordnance is just those 4000 Paces, as it seemeth to have been supposed in the Calculating of our Table, and also in those of Signiore Galileo, so that the said Table might seem unuseful: but we shall shew, that the supposed number of 4000 doth not therefore serve to any great particular Machine, to the end it might serve to all in general. It is necessary therefore to take notice, that that same suppositious Number of 4000, is not of Paces, or of Ells, or of Yards, or of any other determinate measure, but of abstracted parts, such yet, whatever they are, as being convertible into any kinds of possible measures, they do make the Table general, as well for the Culvering, as for the Mortar-Piece or Cross-Bow. And to give an example how it may be adapted and applyed to all the Species of Artillery, and how the Abstract parts may be reduced into Geometrical paces, we will do thus.

The greatest Range of a Canon, by experiment made thereof, is found to be suppose 2300 paces; and I would with the same Piece make a shot that should be 860 paces, I do thus: If the greatest Range 2300 give 860, I ask what the number 1000, the greatest of the Table will give? I work and find 374: which number being sought in the Table, is found to be betwixt 370 and 380. Therefore taking the part proportional according to my Judgement, I find the Arch of its Elevation ought to be Grad. 11. very near, or its Complement gr. 79. And thus it is cer­tain, [Page 9] that that same Piece which being mounted to six points did carry 2300 paces. being elevated gr. 11. or 79. of the Quadrant, shall carry 860 paces, as we did desire.

PROBLEME.

How by a Shot made casually, one may find the greatest Range of an Ordnance.

LEt a Piece be directed according to the Mounture A C; of which let the Elevation be the Angle B A C, whatever it is. And the said Angle being measured with the Quadrant, let it

[labeled parabolas, angles, and lines]

be sound; for exam­ple, gr. 30. then let off the Piece, and let the Shot reach to the point B: and let the line A B be carefully measured, which sup­pose to be v. gr. 2400 Geometrical Paces, I say that these two things being given, namely the Eleva­tion, and the length of the casual Range A G B, you have therewithal given the line A D, which is the half of the greatest Range, according to what hath been demonstrated in the last Corollary of the first Proposition, De Motn Projectorum.

The Angle of Elevation C A B gr. 30, being given, the right Angled Triangle E A C shall be given in Specie: and because A B is given in paces, A E shall be given, which is the fourth part thereof, namely 600 paces. Let us therefore, to find the quantity of A D, work in this manner by Calculations and Sines.

Say, if as the Right Sine 86602 of the Angle A C E, gr. 60. that is, of the Complement of the Elevation, is to the side A E, which is 600: so is the whole Sine 100000 to a fourth number 693: and thus the Hypothenuse A C shall be 693 Paces. But because that the right angled Triangle A C D is given in Specie, begin again and say, as the right Sine 50000 of the angle A D C, which is equal to the angle given of the Elevation E A C, is to the right Line A C, which is found to be 693 paces, so is the whole line to a fourth number 1386. And thus the right line sought A D, shall be 1386 paces. But because A D, being the line of Impetus or Sublimity, is equal to half the greatest Range; if we double 1386, we shall make the number of 2772 paces; for so much shall be the length of the desired greatest Range of that Gun, which being elevated to the Randon of gr. 30, is found to carry 2400 paces.

But with much more brevity, and at one single working, we may perform the same thus. Suppose the whole Sine to be C F, then F A and F D shall be the Taugents, one, of the angle of elevation, and the other of its Complement. Say, therefo [...]e as the whole Sine is to C F, which is 600: so is 230940 (which is the [Page 10] sum of both those Tangents) to a fourth number 1386. And thus the right line AD is found, as before, 1386 paces: which being doubled, will give the measure of the Semirect, or greatest * Randon, as you well call it. Or the best of the Randon.

COROLLARIES.

1. BY way of Corollary it may be advertised, that this is the manner of arguing from any Range of a Piece, how much the same should be to shoot upwards by a perpendicular line; which shall be as much as the line AD found out by way of Calculation.

2. The same line AD, directs us from what Altitude it would be requisite to let fall a Cannon Bullet, that it may arrive at the Earth with the same Impetus that the Can­non it self conferreth, alwayes allowing for the impediment which the Crassitude of the Air may occasion, which acknowledge must be sensible for to vary the demon­strated Proporsitions of Ranges, but much more for to obstruct this effect.

PROBLEM.

How with the sole Table of Sines we may know the greatest Altitude, to which the Ball hath attained passing through the Air in a Range, the Elevation and length of the said Range be­ing given.

IN the precedent Figure, let there be given the angle of the Elevation CAB, and the length of the Range AB: it is required to know the greatest Altitude to which the Ball hath arrived thorough the Air: and this shall be EC. Take again AE 600 paces, that is, the

[labeled parabolas, angles, and lines, identical to previous figure]

fourth part of the whole length AB: and then say, as 86602 the Sine of the Angle ACE, the Supplement of the Elevation, is to AE, 600 paces, so is 50000, the Sine of the Elevation EAC to a fourth number: and we shall find 346 paces for measure of the Altitude CE, that is, of the greatest Altitude to which the Ball had attained in its passage through the Air,

It is to be noted, that great Guns are not alwayes used so as that the Ball goeth to determine in the same Horizontal plain from which it did depart, as Galileo's and our Tables do suppose. Therefore being to shoot upon the side of a Hills declivity or acli­vity, as also being to shoot from the summity of a Rock upon the Horizontal plain that is below, there hath no mans as yet reduced the measures of these Ranges to an Art. The Table of them might be calculated, but every one will perceive, that it being to be composed by every grade of the Pieces Elevation or Mounture, and by every grade of the Hills inclination, and by every pace of the Hills Altitude, the Multipli­cation would be almost infinite. We will therefore only give you the general Rule for calculating those Ranges when they shall occur.

A Piece with the direction AB, maketh the Range ACD: but I would shoot along the inclined plain AC; and I desire to know what AC, the length of the Range of that shot upon this plain, shall be.

[labeled parabolas, angles, and lines]

Draw BD by the point D, and HF by the point C, perpendiculars to the Hori­zon; and draw a line from F to E; which by the things demonstrated, is parallel to AB. Measure with some Instrument the angle DAE, that is the Hills Elevation, and, by the Table of Amplitudes, you shall find the length of the Horizontal Range AD. Then say, as DB the Tangent of the angle of the Pieces, Elevation is to BE, which is the difference of the Tan­gents of the two angles DAB and DAE known, (one being the Elevation of the Piece, the other the Elevation of the Hill above the Horizon) so is DA known, in paces, to a fourth number: and the right line FA shall befound in paces. Then say again, as the whole Sine is to that fourth number, which is the measure of AF in pa­ces, so is AC the secant of the angle FAC, to a fourth number: and thus you shall know the number of paces that measure the line AC, that is, the length of the Range that that Piece will make upon the plain AE, when you shoot upwards.

[labeled parabolas, angles, and lines]

But when from the point A it is required to shoot downwards by a descending Hill, as AB, we shall find the quantity of the Range AB, that is, the place where the Ball falleth, in this manner. Let the direction AE, that is, let the angle of the Pieces Elevation be given; also let there be given the angle of the Hills inclination CAB. Let us imagine the Horizon to be AC, and let us draw BE and HDF perpendiculars to the same: and conjoyn or draw a line from C to H, which line shall be parallel to AE. Now upon the Table of Amplitudes we shall find how many paces AD is, but we seek the quantity of AB. Therefore make the calculation thus; as FD the Tangent of the angle of the Pieces Eleva­tion is to DH, the Tangent of the inclination of the plain; so is AD, known in paces, to a farther number. And this shall be the mea­sure of DC in paces; and thus the whole line AC shall be known in paces. Then say again, as AC the whole Sine is to AC known in paces, so it AB the a fourth number: and this last number shall be the measure sought of the right line AB in paces; that is, the length of the Range upon the descending plain AB. It happeneth also many times, that we are to shoot at plains perpendicular to the Horizon, as at the Walls of Cities, or Towers, or other wayes; there­fore also in this case we will subjoyn the Com­putation for finding the Altitude of that point in the said Wall where the Ball is to hit.

[labeled parabolas, angles, and lines]

Let the Direction of the Piece be the Line AB, and the Horizon AC, and the Wall of the Tower DE perpendicular to the Ho­rizon: and let the distance AD be known in paces. Let us suppose that the Ball passeth freely without hitting the Wall, and falleth upon the Horizon in C. The Table of the Amplitudes giveth the quantity of AC, but we seek the Altitudes DE. Draw CB per­pendicular to the Horizon, and DF parallel to AB, and then draw a line from F to A, which shall pass thorow the common Section of the Parabola, and of the Wall, as may be collected from the things already demon­strated. Now say, as CA the length of the Horizontal line is to CD the difference be­twixt the lines AC and AD already known, so is BC the Tangent of the angle of the Ele­vation of the Piece, to CF the Tangent of the angle FAC. Again say, as the Sine Total is to AD known in paces, so is the last found Tangent of the angle FAC to a fourth number: which shall be the desired measure of the right line DE in paces. And thus we [Page 13] have found the point E in which the said shot would stick. The same calculation may be also deduced. Although the Wall DE be not perpendicular, but scarfed, as those of the modren Fortresses; but fearing to procure you more trouble than bene­fit, I will refer the care of that to the Geometrician that hath a mind to under­take it.

The Amplitudes of the Parabola's, of which Galileo, and also we do treat, suppose that the Range terminates not upon the plain of the Field, but in that Horizontal plain that passeth by the Muzzle of the Piece. The other is only true when the Peice is placed with its Carriages in a Trench, so that the mouth of the Piece lyeth exactly level with the ground. But because this is not usual, and because the Ranges do determine in the Horizon that toucheth the lower parts of the Wheels, we will Geometrically enquire how much a level Range, or Horizontal Range may be prolonged by means of the Altitude of the Muzzle of the Piece above the plain of the Field. It seemeth that the Se­midiameter of the wheels, and the thickness of the Metal do cause the Muzzles of ordi­nary Artillery to be above the Horizontal Site about two Braces. I suppose therefore the Muzzle of the Culvering to be at A. and let the Horizon be BC; and let the Altitude of the Muzzle be the right line AB, supposed to be two Braces; and let the Range ACD be the level Range. The right line BC is sought; let the Semirect Range, or the best of the Randon of the same Piece, be the Parabola AEF; and let it be sup­posed that AF be 5000 Geometrical paces, that is a 15000 Florentine Braces. De­scribe the usual Semi-circle of the first Proposition AHI, and having drawn AL equal to AI apply LD. The right line AI, by the things demonstrated, shall be the Impetus of the Parabola AEF, or of ACD (for they are Ranges of the same Piece) therefore AL shall be the fourth part of the right side of the Parabola ACD: there­fore LD shall be double of LA: but AF hath been demonstrated to be also double of AI; therefore LD and

[labeled parabolas, angles, and lines]

AF are equal; and there are three lines given, that is, LA 7500. LD 15000. and AB 2. And therefore, working by the Rule of three, as the right line LA is to AB known; so is the square of the right line LD to another number: we shall find 60000; whi [...]h shall be the square of the right line BC; and extracting the Square root thereof, we shall find the line BC to be 245 Braces. We conclude therefore that that Machine which ma­keth its greatest Range of 15000 Braces, in case it shall have its Muzzle raised above the Horizon, will make its level Range, that is, without any Elevation or Mounture, to be in all 245 Braces long. Next, how much every other Range not level, but inclined upwards or downwards, by occasion of the Altitude of the wheels, or of a Bastion, or of a Mount, or of any other scituation that raiseth it above the Horizontal plain, may be prolonged, shall be found thus.

It is certain, that being to shoot from the top of a Rock, or of a Castle placed in the top of an Hill, or from any whatever high place above the Horizontal plain of the Field that lyeth below, the Ranges will prove much longer than those noted upon the Table of Amplitudes; and this difference shall be so much greater, by how much the scitu­ation of the Artillery shall be higher above that Horizontal plain in which Balls are to hit, and the Rangers to determine.

[labeled parabola, angles, and lines]

Let the height of the Hill or other place be G F, and from the point F, let a line be drawn upon the plain of the Field G E: and let us suppose the Horizon to be F B: now having made the Range F C B E at an Elevation, the measure of G E is sought.

By the Table of Amplitudes, we find the quantity of A B, and by the Table of Altitude, we find A C, the height of the Parabola. And for the working of the Computation, it may be performed sundry wayes.

Let the number of A B be squared, and divide that square by A C, and the Quotus shall be the right side of the Parabola F C B: Then multiply that Quotus by C D, and the square Root of the Product shall give D E.

Or we may work thus:

Draw the number D C into C A, and the square Root of the product shall be the mean proportional betwixt D C and C A. Then say, as C A is to the fore-mentioned Root, so is A B to another number. And this fourth number shall again be D E.

Or lastly, in this manner:

Say, as the number C A, the Altitude of the Parabola in the Table, is to the num­ber C D, the Altitude of the Parabola and Range together, so is A B the Semi-Ampli­rude of the Parabola in the Table to another fourth number.

Then take the number that is mean-proportional betwixt that last number and A B, for that mean-proportionall shall give you the said D E. And for as much as D G, equal to A B is known, the whole line G E shall be known.

But some might alleadge, that from the Mount G F, it may perhaps be required to play with Guns oftner downwards than upwards; therefore it would be necessary to know by a Geometrical Rule, the length of Ranges, which is done in this manner. Let the Range to be made downwards be that marked F H, with any whatever angle of inclination beneath the Horizon: G H is sought. Imagine with your self that the Range is to be made above the Horizon with the self same inclination; and by the precedent Rules, the quantity of D E is found as above, or D H, from which if we take the part already known F A, or D G, there shall remain known the quantity required G H. But if gr. 40 being given for the Elevation of the Range A B C, and the Base A C 1600 Paces, we would know all the different Altitudes of the Ranges of the Ball upon any point of the line A C, work thus: Having divided A C in the

[labeled parabola and lines]

midst, and erected D B, this shall be the Su­pream Altitude, and shall be found in the Table of Altitudes and Amplitudes working in this manner. In the Table of Amplitudes right against gr. 40. of Elevation, I find the line A D to be 9848 parts: but in the Table of Altitudes I find the line B D to be 4132 parts. Then, by the Rule of Three, I say; if A D 9848 give 800 paces according to the supposition, how many paces shall D B, which is 4132 parts, give? and I find, that the right line B D is 336 paces. Now let any point be proposed, as E, over which you would know the Altitude of the Range of the Ball, that is the line E H. Let the right line A E be supposed 1000, and E C 600: and work the Rule of three again, in this manner. If the square of A D, [Page 15] which is 640000, give the Rect-angle of the right lines A E and E C which is 600000, what shall the number B D (which was found to be 336) give? and I find 315 paces. Therefore the Altitude of the Parabola over the point E, was 315 paces; which is that that was sought.

It shall suffice to have hinted this little for the Calculating of some varieties that may happen about these Ranges. Other cases may be put, like to these, and particu­larly those of their conversions; but from the knowledge of these, those may easily be deducted: and the Ingenuity of any Geometrician, applying himself thereto, shall find less difficulty in resolving many of these Problems of himself than in under­going the length and obscurity of our explanations. Therefore we will proceed to the making of the Quadrant, the which seemeth really appropriated, nay, made by Nature on purpose for to measure Scientifically and Geometrically the Ranges of Projects.

Of the Quadrant.

LEt us now come to practice; and by help of an Instrument, let us resolve some of the Propositions above demonstrated. We will make a Military Quadrant, which with invariable certainty sheweth (at least to Geometrical Philosophers, if not to practical Gunners) what Mounture or Elevation ought to be given to any Piece, to the end that the length of the Range may prove to be of such a certain measure. We will also resolve, by help hereof, all Problems that can be framed about the shooting of Artillery, which were heretofore promised by Tartaglia, and reduced into Tables by Galileo, with something over and above. Military Industry did find that the use of a Machine so noble, and of so great consequence as the Canon, would be too much confined, and of too little benefit, if it could not be made use of save only at that small distance to which it carrieth a point blank, or in its level Range, without giving it with the Quadrant the advantageous assistance of some elevation. It was therefore enquired how a man might do that with the same Piece, which of it self did not carry more than 200 or 250 Geometrical paces, he might shoot 400 and also 600 paces, and more and more, until he come to the length of the greatest Range that can be made by that Piece. The Invention was thus: They began to help the Piece by Elevation, that is, they directed it not straight upon th' object which it was to hit, but, holding it in the very vertical of th' object, they elevated it above that right line which goeth from the Piece unto the object: and this they did some­times more, and sometimes less, according as the force of the Shot was to be greater or lesser: An Artifice that from the very beginning of the world hath been known even to artless Boyes. We see that when they with a Ball of Snow, or other matter, do aim to hit a mark that is very near, they throw it directly at the mark: but being at another time to aim at one which standeth farther off, or being to throw Stones at each other, they do not throw Horizontally, or directly at their Adversaries, but turning the cast half way into the Air, without having ever had any other conside­ration, they do all throw at the elevation of the fifth, and also of the sixth point of the Military Square to them unknown: But Gunners, in process of time, have found an Instrument, that doth with facility measure these Elevations.

Nicolo Tartaglia of Brescia, a famous Mathematician, did invent a Square with unequal sides joyned together with the Quadrant, which hath for more than a hundred years past, been generally used, and is still the only Regulator of Gunners, not only to manage great Guns, and to raise them to those Mountures which they call Randons, but also to level them in the Point-blank Ranges; Tartaglia divided that Quadrant into 12 equal parts, beginning the Numeration of them from the lesser [or shorter] side; he also subdivided each of those into other 12 equal parts, naming those first [Page 16] Points, and these second Minutes of the Quadrant. We will insert the figure of the Quadrant, and shew how it measureth the Elevation [Mounture or Randon] of the Piece.

Let the Canons * Soul be A B, fixed at some certain Mounture: put into the Muz­zle Her Con­cave, Ci­linder, or Bore. thereof the greater of the Quadrant C A: so that it be applyed to the lower side of the said Soul, and let the Plummet fall in D. I say that the Angle E C D, that is the

[quadrant measuring an angle]

arch E D, is the measure of the Elevation of the Piece. Draw an Ho­rizontal line A F, the angles at the point G shall be right: But the angle A C F is also right. There­fore the angles C A F, and F C G are e­qual by the 8 of the sixth of Euclid. Or thus; Draw thorough C the Horizontal line. If H I now from the right angles H C D and A C E there be taken the common part A C D, there shall remain th' Angle E C D of the Quadrant, equal to the angle of the Piece under the Horizon H I, or above the Horizon A F, which is the same as being alterne.

By the help of this Quadrant Gunners have with long observations composed such a Praxis, as that they know how many points they are to mount v. gr. a Culvering of 40 pound Ball to hit a mark distant; for example, 700 Geometrical paces, or at any other distance.

But the truth is, the observations are so sallible, and the Gunners so few that have made them, and made them exactly, that the use of Artillery, taking from it the Range of Point Blank, must needs have very little of certainty in it.

If one would collect some certain Science touching th' ordinary Quadrant, it would be necessary to make the Experiments not only with all sorts of Balls, and with all the varieties of Powder, but in all kind of Pieces, as also in all those that being the same in specie, are of different grandeur; and lastly, at all possible degrees of Elevation. A Multiplication that almost runs up into infinity. And we observe that these Expe­riments ought to be all made one by one; for it is not true, that by way of proportion one may from three or four Ranges of a Canon made at several elevations, argue to any others, no not of the same Canon, laden with the same Powder and Ball. That this is so, may be demonstrated by help of the Tables made by Signiore Galilaeo, and by us. For example, That Canon which being elevated at the sixth Point, curryeth its shot 4000 paces, elevated at one Point, ought to curry the sixth part, at two points the third, and at three points the half of that Range. But the thing falls out far otherwise: For being elevated to one point, it curryeth 1032 instead of 666, which is the sixth part of that same greatest Range 4000: at the second point (and note that with this Mounture, Pieces carry alwayes the half of the greatest Range) in our case will curry 2000 in stead of 1333, which is the third part: At the third point it will curry 2824, instead of 2000, which is the half of the greatest Range: at the fourth point it will curry 3464 instead of 2666: At the fifth point it will curry 3860, in stead of 2333, which are 5 sixths of that greatest Range: See therefore how that increasing equally the Mountures of the Piece, that is shooting first at one point only, then at two, three, four, &c. unto the sixth, the increases of the lengths of the Ranges do not increase equally, that is with the same proportion wherewith the [Page 17] * Randons increase. But the first point currying 1032, the second increaseth above it Or Moun­tures. 968, the third increaseth 824, the fourth 640, the fifth 396, the sixth 140. There­fore to derive some rule from the Experiments, it were necessary to make them exa­ctly, at all the Grades of Randons, in all sorts of Pieces, with all varieties of Powders, and different matters of Balls; and happily one might say, it were necessary also that every Gunner made them by himself. Things almost impossible to reduce unto Rules, from which any certainty might be gathered, if the Theorick and Geometry had not given us a manifest Science thereof, by means of that one sole Proposition of Galileo, in which first of all men he hath advertised and taught us, That Pro [...]ects do all move in a Parabolical Line. Upon this supposition we will ground the Instrument promised: and though by the impediment of the medium the Parabola's become too deformed, or by many other accidents the Ranges prove very inconstant, yet it suffi­ceth us to have given indubitable satisfaction to the School of Mathematicians, if not to that of Gunners.

Before we set down the making of our square, which consisteth only in describing one single Semi-circle, we will divide the ordinary Quadrant into unequal points, so as they may not measure the Randons of the Piece, but the lengths of the Ranges, which is that that serves to our purpose. Thus we shall be assured, that the Gun, if it shall be elevated to one point of the said Quadrant, shall carry to such a distance, whatever it be: and elevated to two points, shall precisely double that Range: and if to three, it shall carry three of those spaces; if to four and a half, it shall carry four and a half; if to five and a quarter, it shall carry five and a quarter; and thus until you come to the sixth point, shall the points of the Quadrant in the Instrument, and the spaces of the Ranges in the Field, alwayes increase in the same manner, and with the same proportion, and from the sixth to the twelfth point, they shall go in the same manner decreasing. The construction and demonstration is Geometrically taken from the proposition which we have made the First of this our Book of Projects, which by the Amplitude given, teacheth us to find the Elevation. And it serveth in common for whatsoever sort of Artillery and Mortar Pieces, and for any sort of Ball or Powder.

Let the sides of the Quadrant be A B the greater and A C the lesser; then making A the Center, describe the Quadrant C D E, upon which the unequal points are

[quadrant measuring an angle]

to be marked or set off: and about the Diameter A C draw the Semi­circle A F C; and having drawn F G perpendicular to A B, and Tangent to the Semi-circle, divide A G into six equal parts to find the six points of the Quadrant, and then again, each part into 12 to find the Minutes, (if the size of the Instrument shall admit of this second division) now let one of the six parts be G H. Draw H M I parallel to G F, cutting the Semi­diameter in the points M and I, and then from the Center A, draw the right line A F D, and D shall be the sixth point of the square: draw A I L, and L shall be the fifth point of the square: draw A M N, and N shall be the seventh point; and so of all the rest. Note, that the division will be the more exact, if after you have found the 1, 2, 3, &c. points, you do by the Transportation or setting of them off, design the ninth, tenth, and eleventh. [Page 18] The half points, quarter points, and Minutes, are found in the same manner by subdi­viding each of the portions of the line A G into two, into four, or into twelve parts, which raising perpendiculars from the points of the Divisions: Those perpendiculars shall cut the Semi-circle, and by the points of the Sections shall the Diameters be drawn in the Quadrant, and these shall cut the Quadrant in the parts desired, of Half points, Quarter points, or Minutes.

Now it is manifest by our I. Proposition, that if the line of the *direction, or of Of Moun­ture. the elevation of the Piece shall be A O, or A P, the Amplitude or length of the Range shall be as the Quadruple of the S O; and if the direction shall be A M, or A N, the Range shall be as the Quadruple of R M: and if the elevation were accord­ing to the line A F D, the Range shall be as the Quadruple of Q F: but the lines S O, R M, and Q F, by our construction do equally exceed: And, therefore, like­wise their Quadruples, or the Ranges aforesaid, shall equally exceed one the other.

The use of the aforementioned Division made in the ordinary Quadrant.

LEt there be propounded any Piece of Artillery, or Mortar-Piece; and with it let there be one single Experiment made, that is, let it be elevated to any point, as for example to the fifth. Let it off, and measure the length of the Range, and let it be found, verbi gratia, to be 2000 parts; this done we may know how far the same Piece will carry, being charged in the same manner, and elevated to any what-ever ot [...]er Point or Minute: which shall be easie by the Rule of three, the points in this Instrument, as well as the length of the Ranges, being proportional. The Praxis is this; I desire to know how far the sixth point carrieth, I thus say, If five points give 2000 paces, how much shall six points give? and I find 2400 paces. I say then that the shot of that Piece at the sixth point, that is at the greatest Range, will curry 2400 of those parts, at which of the fifth point it curried 2000.

And take notice by the way, that instead of performing this operation with the points 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, and 12, It may be done with their Complements, which are 5, 4, 3, 2, 1, and 0.

But if it were required (which importeth much more) that we should elevate the aforesaid Piece in such sort, that the length of the Range ought to be; for example, 1300 paces, we are to work thus. If 2000 paces, were made by 5 points, or to say better, by 60 Minutes of the Quadrant, by how many points shall 1300 paces be made? the working will be 2000. 60. 1300. 39, and we shall find that for to make the Range of 1300 paces, it would be necessary to give the Piece the Mounture of 39 Mi­nutes of the Quadrant, or of three points and a quarter.

The manner how to Compose our Square.

BUt if we would frame an Instrument, which shall not only measure the length of the Ranges made at several Randons, but also the Altitude of the Parabola, [...]he duration or time of the flight [or Range] the sublimity, and the other things demon­strated in the aforesaid Book of Projects, all this shall be performed with the sole and simple Semi-circle of I. Proposition. But let us proceed to the making of it.

[labeled rectangle inscribed by a labeled parabola]

Take the Rect-angled Plate A B C D, of Brass, or other solid Matter, having the side A E long, for the applying of it to the Piece. Upon the Diameter A B, draw a Semi-circle A F B, which shall be the Semi­circle [Page 19] of Proposit. I. De Projectis; and in B place the Thred and Plummet, and divide the Semi-circle A F B into 90 equal parts, which shall be the 90 degrees of the Quadrant; or into 144 equal parts, which shall be the equal Points and Minutes of the ordinary Quadrant. Let us now demonstrate Geometrically, that this square is convenient to measure, with exceeding plainness, the lengths and the Altitudes of the Ranges, the times of their Durations, the sublimities of the Parabola's, and the Elevations of the Pieces. And then we will set down the Division of the Lines there­upon, without the need of any Table for the using of the same.

Let us, as in the subsequent Figure, place the square afore-named E A B C D in the mouth of any Piece, E A at pleasure, and let the Plummet fall upon the point F of the Semi-circle A F B, divided into 90 equal

[various labeled lines emerging from the mouth of a cannon]

parts. It is certain, in the first place, that the Arch B F measureth the Elevation of the Piece E A above the Horizon. For we hav­ing by the Division of the Semi-circle into 90 parts only, valued every two degrees for one; we have made the Arch B F to be the measure of the Angle B A F, that is, of the Elevation of the Piece above the Horizon; which Horizon shall ever be the line A F. I say moreover, that if we should suppose the line A B, Diameter of the Semi-circle, to be the Impetus of the assigned Piece, or the half of the greatest Range, the line F H, per­pendicular to the Diameter, shall be the fourth part of the Amplitude or length of the Range; B H shall be the supream Altitude of the Parabola: A H shall be the sublimity; and B F shall be the time of the Ranges Du­ration.

That this is so, shall thus be demonstrated (having reference to the I. proposition of Projects, and its Corollaries.) Let the line of the direction A B I be prolonged in­definitely, as also the perpendicular T B L; then by imagination take B L of such a length, that it may be really equal to half the greatest Range of our present Piece. And about the Diameter B L, let there be imaginarily drawn the great Semi-circle B I L; cutting the Circumference B I in any point I; and draw the Horizontal line I M. It is manifest, by the afore-cited Propos. I. of Projects, that the line M I shall be the real fourth part of the length of the Range; as also, that D M shall be the (not imiginary, but real Altitude of the said Range; and so the other measures in the Semi­circle B I L, shall be all true and real. Now observe, that the Triangle H B F is like to the Triangle B I M, as being right-angled, and having two angles at the Point B. Therefore the same Proposition shall be between all the small and imaginary measures of the square A C, as is between all the true measures in the imaginary and great Semi-circle B I L; that is, the lines, A B, B F, F H and H B, shall be to one another in the same proportion respectively as L B, B I, I M, and M B. Therefore, as to arguing in the proportions, we may without any error, as well make use of those feigned pro­portions upon the square, as of the true ones, imagined in the Amplitude of the Air.

It remains now that we shew how this Doctrine, which hath hitherto been a meer Speculation, may now reduced to Manual practice, and that with facility. Every one seeth that for our obtaining knowledge of the quantity of the lines A B, B F, F H, and H B, and their proportions in the precedent Figure, it would be necessary that all the aforesaid lines were divided into most Minute parts with some common measure. To this purpose, therefore, we will divide the Diameter A B, and Semi-Diameter E D, into equal and very small parts, as appeareth in the following Figure; (upon which let us describe the imaginary square) and then let us give to each division of [Page 20] the circumference, its guides parallel to those Diameters, that so in them the number and quantity of the lines which shall be Indices of the length and Altitudes of the Ranges, may be read or found: And in the point of the angle of Semi-circle B, place the Thread and Plummet.

As to the number of parts into which the Diameter A B is to be divided, it shall be left to the choice of every one; but yet it will be convenient to make choice of the number 2000, for that it will facilitate the Arithmetical operation.

It is to be noted, that if any one will make a square, as hath been said, on purpose for one kind of Artillery onely, he shall without the least trouble of Calculation, have the measures of all its Ranges.

The Division of this square is to be made a posteriori, in this manner. Make an Expe­riment of the greatest Range of that same Piece to which you would have the square to be adapted, and let it be found v. gr. to be 3000. Then divide the Diameter of the square into 1500 parts, and the perpendicular Semi-diameter into 750 equal parts; that is, imagine that the Diameter A B 1500, is the half of the greatest Range 3000; as also, that the perpendicular Semi-diameter E D 750, is the fourth part of that great­est Range. And thus, every of the other Elevations being afterwards given, as soon as we shall apply this Square to the Muzzle of the Piece, we shall immediately see how many paces is the length, and how many the Altitude of the Range, &c. And this square made v. gr. for a Canon of 60 pound Ball, would be also good for every other Canon of 60 pound Ball, that should be the same in length, and other proportions, with that.

It's true indeed, that if we would make the square universal, to serve indifferently for all Species and Magnitudes of Artillery, we must then do thus. Divide the Diameter A B in the precedent figure in 2000 equal parts: also let the Semi-Diameter E D be divided into 1000 equal parts, (we by reason of the smallness of the figure have divided it only into 100, taking the parts by ten and ten.) This done, let there be drawn by the Divisions of the Circumference, cut into equal degrees, as is usual, the guides parallel unto the Diameters, that so one may upon those Diameters read or find the quantity of the right lines, as they shall happen to be.

Now let a Piece of Ordnance F G, unknown, be given. Then make the previous Experiment in this manner. Apply the square to the Muzzle of it, and let the thread fall in any place, as in I. Then find by the means

[various labeled lines emerging from the mouth of a cannon]

of its guide, the quantity of I O upon the divided Semi-Diameter, and keep it in mind, and then shoot off the Gun, and mea­sure the Range, which suppose to be, for Example, 1250 paces: charge the Piece again in the same manner, and give it a different Mounture, so that the thread may fall else­where, as in M: the length of this Range is sought. Say thus: If the number of I O give the length 1250 paces, how many paces shall the number of M L, that is found upon the divided Semi-diameter give? and you shall in like manner find the length of that Range numbred in paces.

If you desire the Altitudes, and not the lengths of Ranges, then make the same work­ing as before, but not with the lines I O and M L, which give the lengths, but with H O and H L, which give the Altitudes. And if we would have the sublimities, it would be necessary to work with G O and G L. But, which more importeth, if any one after the previous Experiment hath been made, shall desire that the same Piece may make an assigned Range, in length, v. gr. 2200 paces, [Page 21] we are to find what elevation ought to be given to the Piece. Work thus: If the 1250 paces of the previous Experiment give I O numbred, what shall the 2200 paces give? and you shall find a number, which suppose for example, to be ascribed on the square unto the line M L. the Peice Therefore is to be raised to such a Randon, that the thread may pass thorow the point M; and then the Range shall be 2200 paces.

The times or durations of the Ranges are given by the Lines H I and H M: and to find the Quantity of these it may be done two wayes. First, by way of calculation: For the square of the time H I (in the pre­cedent Figure) is alwayes equal to the two squares of the Altitude H O, and of the fourth part of the length I O. Secondly, by making to all the Divisions of the Perifry B, C, D, (in the present Figure) from the Center A the circular guides B E, C F, D H: for A H being thus divided into very small equal parts, it shall measure all the right lines, A B, A C, and A D, which are the times of the Ranges.

[various labeled lines emerging from the mouth of a cannon]

Yet we confess as to Military use, the Amplitudes or lengths of Ranges, only seem to Import; and they are of great moment: the rest are all accessary curiosities, which serve much more to the pleasures of Geome­try, than to the occasions of War; therefore he that would have the square made only for this respect of Longitudes, may take the Semi­circle A B C of Brass (as in the present Figure) having its side A D, and with the Semicircle E B, divided into most minute and equal parts, beginning the numeration from the point E; and may give moreover to all the points of the Perifry F, G, H, I, their guides G H, and F I parallel to A C: And thus he hath divided and numbred upon E B all the lines F N, and G O, which serve for the Am­plitudes or Longitudes of the Ranges.

[labeled parabola and lines]

A Table which sheweth how many Degrees and Minutes of the Ordinary Quadrant inserted Page 20. each Point of one Square, the Points of which are unequal, doth contain.

Points un­equal of the SquareDegrees of the ordina­ry Quadrant
half02 23
I04 48
half07 15
II09 44
half12 19
III15 00
half17 50
IV20 54
half24 18
V28 13
half33 14
VI45 00
half56 46
VII61 47
half65 42
VIII69 26
half72 10
IX75 00
half77 41
X80 16
half82 45
XI85 12
half87 37
XII90 00

For Example, It is demanded where the Division of the one seventh unequal point doth fall. Look upon the present Table, right against the number VII, and you find that it falleth upon gr. 61. and min. 47. of the ordinary Quadrant.

But since we are fallen upon the consideration of the Motion and Impetus of Projects, we cannot balk th' occasion of adding somthing concerning the va­riety of their Forces in battering upon resisting Superficies, somtimes with greater, and somtimes with lesser Angles of Inclination. Galilaeo considereth th' Impetus of these Projects in every Point of th [...] Panahola, and measureth how much it is in its self, that is, in respect of that Plane in which it doth perpendicularly hit.

We presupposing that an Impetus, when it is upon the act of striking, is, as to it self, alwayes the same, will consider and measure how much it is in respect of the resisting Plane, varyed only by the diversity of th' Angles of Incidence. There is no Gunner so unskilful, but he knoweth that Cannon Bullets in hitting a Wall, have alwayes lesser and lesser force (if all things else be alike) by how much the Angle of Incidence is more and more acute. So that if the said Cannon with sixty pounds of Iron, and forty of Powder, not only pierceth, but beateth down a Courtin, with its perpendicular Range, it shall scarce hurt it (though it have the same Charge, and the same distance) with the Projection of the Range, which they call *Grazing. Di striscio. The Probleme, for any thing that I know, is unhandled. Therefore if we shall pro­duce somthing that is less subsistent, and not purely Geometrical, either admit it till some others shall better handle the Doctrine, or wholly reject it, it matters not which.

SUPPOSITIONS.

1. WE will speak only of the Ranges of Great Guns; therefore, Let us suppose, that that portion of the Line which the Ball maketh a little before, and a little after its blow, be as it were a Right Line. I know that we treat of a Line really curved; but being (if it were entire) in length more than three thousand Geometrical paces, we may take a yard, or a foot, or an inch thereof, without any sensible error, to be a Right Line.

[three lines of increasing size, labeled A, B, and C]

2. Let us suppose secondly, that the Forces or Impetus's of Galil. 2. de Motu equabili. Projects are as the Spaces which they pass or curry in the same Time; that is, If the Spaces A, B and C shall be past by the Moveable in the same Time; the Impetus's or Forces in striking, shall be as the Spaces A, B and C respectively.

3. But if the same Space shall be past by the Moveable in di­vers Times, the Impetus's or Forces of the Moveable in battering Galil. 3. de Mota equabili. shall have the Proportion reciprocal of their Times. That is, If the same Space D shall be past one while in the Time E, and another while in the Time F; the Force of the first shall be as F, and of the second as E.

[three unlabeled lines of varying size]

4. Let us suppose, in the next place, that all the Ran­ges have, as to themselves, the same Impetus: which will happen if the Piece being fixed alwayes in the same place with the same Charge, the same Mounture, and Di­stance, &c. the obliquity of the Wall be only varied.

This supposed: when a Cannon Bull [...]t approacheth to the opposed Wall, the Line and Direction of the Range is either perpendicular to the Wall, or not. If it be perpendicular, the Percussion operateth with such a cer­tain force: which we will prove to be the greatest that that Range can have. If it shall be at Oblique Angles, as the Line A B unto the Wall B C, I do note that in re­spect to the Wall B C, there are in the

[a right triangle and a wall]

Line of the Project A B, two Motions com­pounded together: that is, one of approxi­mation perpendicular to the Wall, the other of passage lateral, or parallel to the same. The perpendicular Motion is both repre­sented and measured by the Line A C; the parallel Motion by the Line C B: for both the Spaces A C and C B are passed by the Ball at the self same Time.

Now observe, that of these two sorts of Impetus, one onely is to the purpose, for encreasing the Forces to make a breach in the Wall, and to drive the Ball into it; to wit, the Impetus of the perpendicular La­tion A C. Th' other, although it were infinite, will never encrease the force of the Project against the Resistance of the Wall, [Page 24] unless the perpendicular Lation be withall accelerated. Nay, if the Horizontal Motion were simple and alone, without any mixture with the perpendicular Motion, what other would the Ball do but run equi-distant unto the Wall, without ever touching it, so far would it be from breaking it; although it were a very thin Glass? When therefore, the Direction of any Projection being given, we shall know how much of this perpendicular Impotus entereth into the Composition of the Motion, we shall also know the Activity or Moment of the Project towards the Resistance of the opposite Wall.

Let the Line of any Incidence at pleasure be A B upon the Plane B F taken with any what-ever Inclination: but withall, let the portion A B be so small, that it may be taken for Right. Draw

[an arc, inscribed by triangles, atop a plane]

A C perpendicular to the Plane, and conjoyn C B. So much, there­fore, of Parallel Motion shall be in the Line A B, in respect of the Wall B F, as is the Line C B. But of this we make no accompt; for being mul­tiplyed, it doth not help, and diminished it doth not weaken the Moment, if the other Impetus do remain un­altered and the same. Of Perpendicular Mo­tion in the same there shall be as much as the Line A C: and the force of the percussion shall be greater and lesser, according as A C, greater or lesser, shall be past in the same Time.

Let us suppose, now, that the force of th' Evidence A B be as A C. To know the force of any other Incidence D B, let D B be taken equal to B A, and having drawn D E perpendicular unto the Plane, the force of this Incidence shall be as that same Line D E. For if A B and D B are equal, and are the Ranges of the same Piece, they shall be past in the same Time. Therefore A C and D E, are also past in the same Time: By Sup­posit. 2. Therefore th' Impetus's, as to the Wall, are as A C to A D. We will therefore infer, that,

PROPOSITION.

The Activities or Moments of Ranges differently inclined, are as the Right Sines of th [...] Angles of Incidencies.

COROLLARIES.

IT is deduced from hence as a Corollary, that the Perpendicular Incidence A B, hath greater Force than all others, the force of it being as the Whole Sine. And the parallel Projection shall have no force, its force being as the No-Sine. The Incidence D B at th' Angle of gr. 30. hath half of the total force, its Sine being the half of the Semi-diameter. The others, likewise, according as they shall have greater or lesser Right Sine, shall have greater or lesser force.

2. The Forces of Projections have reciprocally the same proportion that the Sides of the Triangle have, which shall be formed upon the Plane by the Lines of the Incidencies.

Let a Projection be made along the Line A C, and another along the Line A B. And let the P [...]ane of the Triangle A B C be per­pendicular to the Wall. Because now the Space A C is past by the Ball in the Time A C; and the Space A B, that is (the pa­rallel Motion deducted) the same Space A C, is past in the Time A B, the Forces shall be reciprocal to the Times: that is, the force along A C shall be as A B, [...] and along A B, shall be as A C. By Sup­posit. 3.

[a right angle and a wall]

3. Projects shall then have the same force in battering, when the Impetus's shall be as the Secants of the Complement of the Incidencies.

Let the Impetus along

[a right angle atop a plane]

the Perpendicular A B, be as A B; and let it have such a certain force. To th' end that the Impetus along the Inclined A C may have the same force, I say that the Impetus along A C, ought to be unto the Impetus along A B, as A C is to A B: which A C is Secant of the Angle B A C, Com­plement of the *Inclination. Or rather of the In­cidency.

For if the Impetus's along A B and A C shall be as the Spaces A B and A C, the Moveables shall, in the same Time, pass the two Lines A B and A C, that is, the same By Sup­posit. 2. perpendicular Approximation A B. Therefore they shall have the same force against the Wall.

4. Moreover, if with such a Piece, and along the Line C B, the Ball shall but just enter wholly into the Wall, then along

[an arc, inscribed by a triangle, and a wall]

all the more elevated Lines, it shall not only wholly immerge into the Solidity, but shall still make deeper impression or entrance, because it hath greater force. But because each of the less elevated shall have lesser force, none of them shall enter wholly into the Wall, nay some rebound and fly back.

Yet let all this be spoken abstracting from a certain Effect of Pliancy or Refraction that Projects produce in passing with Incli­nation from the Rare Medium to the Dense, the Line incurvating contrary to that of the Refraction of Light, and visible Species.

FINIS.
TO THE INGENIOUS Stu …

TO THE INGENIOUS Student.

IT being well known among the Learn­ed, that the late famous Mersennus of France, a most diligent Collector and Pub­lisher of the choicest Mathematical in­ventions of that time, hath among his Physico-mathematical Reflexious, and Mechanicks, divers material Experiments and Theo­ries relating to the Art of Gunnery, it was thought fit for the Readers benefit to cause the same to be trans­lated, and submitted to his censure.

Moreover that Author giving all his distances in feet, or paces of three feet, or fathoms of six foot; It was thought likewise expedient to put the Reader into a capacity of reducing the same to our English [Page] measure, to which purpose there being an accurate ex­periment, made some time since by the most learned and Re­verend Doctor John Wallis Savilian Professor of Geo­metry at Oxford, take an account thereof, as the Doctor communicated the same to a friend of his here, namely, that he hath formerly compared the French and English foot very exactly, both measures being as he was assured very exact to the Standards of each Nation, and he found the French foot to contain of ours 12 4/5 Inches (not missing so much as 1/100 part of half an Inch.)

OF THE Swiftness OF SOUND.

The swiftness of Sound is greater than the swiftness of Bullets shot off, and finishes 230 fathon [...]s in the space of one second minute.

WHosoever would try the swiftness of Sounds by night, and by day, either in valleys, woods, or mountains, either with or against the wind, or when it is rainy or fair weather, shall find in all respects as I have tried it, that there will be alwayes the same swiftness of Sound.

But after that you have searched out a second by 230 fa­thoms, he that shoots off a lesser Gun, may again retire 230 fathoms, so that he may be gone back from you 460 fathoms, the same or the like Sound in passing over that way will spend two seconds; which when it shall be five times multiplied by us, that we should hear the Sound 1150 fathoms, the flash by night breaking forth from the mouth of the Gun is alwayes seen at that distance be­fore the Sound is heard five seconds of time. And seeing we make a French league to be 2500 fathoms, and the circuit of the Earth 7200, of such leagues, you may easily conclude in what time the sound does pass over one whole or several leagues, for the swiftness of the sound is not diminished by its debility, whenas the last part of the Sound that may be heard does emulate the swiftness of the first.

The Sound of the Gun therefore will pass over a league in the space of 11 se­conds, seeing a league contains 11 times 230 fathoms (the space passed over in a se­cond minute) less onely by 30 fathoms, which are here scarce worth considera­tion, because that they are passed over by the Sound in the seventh part of a second.

From which many things may be gathered; first, that a Souldier attentive my de­cline or shun the shot of a Gun at one hundred fathoms, is he foresaw the flash of it; which I thus demonstrate: It is evident from observation, that a Bullet in flying 100 fathoms does at the least spend a second of time, and the Sound of it in passing of them does at the most spend but half a second. Therefore the Souldier from the fire seen (if Vision can be in an instant) hath a whole second wherein he my easily go three or four paces before that the bullet can fly so far; also there remains to him half a second from that point of time in which he hears the Sound, until the coming of the Bullet: although I would not advise any one to try that, unless he first fortifie himself with a shield, helmet, and all other kind of Armour, that he may be out of all danger. But any one may try it behind a wall, to which the Sound will come be­fore the Bullet.

Secondly, from the Sound and fire observed, may be known how much the Guns are distant that are shot off against the besieged, or besiegers, even as to the in­genious Gunners there will not be wanting matter to promote their Art.

Thirdly, by hearing the Sound of Thunder, and seeing the lightning go before may be known how far it is off, so that if the Thunder be not changed from the place where the lightning was seen; for how many seconds (whether measured by the pulse, which exactly continues a second, or by a Pendulum or any other Watch) there are between the Lightning and the Sound, so many 230 fathoms are to be reckoned; so that if you number five seconds it may be distant from you half a league; if ten seconds a whole league, whether the distance shall be upright, or side­wayes and oblique, for it matters nothing.

Fourthly, If by the turnings and windings or Circles in the air a sound in the same manner may be considered, and caused, as we see circles extende [...] in the water struck with the finger or a little stone, as all almost believe, and if from the swiftness of bo­dies in like manner moved we my ghess at their crassitude, thickness and weight, we may say that water is 1380 times thicker and heavier than air; for as much as the Semidiameter of Circles of the Water in any manner struck, which is made in a second of time, scarce exceeds a foot, in which time the semidi­amiter of Circles in the air, made also by any percussion is 1380 foot, that is 230 fa­thoms; which proportion of gravities come very near to observations by him men­tioned. There is yet one thing that may cause some doubt, which is, that the Sound of greater Guns moves more slowly than of lesser, whereas our Geometer in the siege at Theodonis observed that their Sound was heard, from the fire seen, after thirteen or fourteen seconds of time, when yet he was scarce half a league distant from those Guns; And the Sound according to that which hath been before said, may pass over a whole league and more in that time: Wherefore the Sound of those Guns doth seem to be different from that of lesser Guns.

The Author having by this discourse argued that the Sound of Guns is heard at the distance of above 16 miles a minute (which is almost as swift as the Copernicans suppose the Earth to move in its diurnal revolution about its Axis) it was thought fit to subjoyn hereto the Authors latter thoughts of the same Argument, published three years after.

OF THE SWIFTNESS OF SOUND, And force of Bullets shot out of Guns.

WHen I have oftentimes considered that the Sound passes over 230 fathoms in the time of a 2d or sixtieth part of a minute; and that there seem to arise someed doubt, whether there should be that Swiftness of the Sound of greater Guns, as there is of lesser, with which I tried; at length it was ob­served that in the space of eleven seconds, the Sound of the greater Guns of the Kings Armory, have passed from the same Armory, after the flash was seen, as far as our house, or the Vicennian Con­vent, whilst for obtaining the surrender of Pouploon the Guns were shot off by night.

But when with a fathom I found that it was 3524 fathoms from Port Saint Anthony to the gate of the aforesaid Convent, where the ear was, and to the wall of the Vicennian Castle first meeting it, near 2500 fathoms, 'tis certain first that it is a just league of 2500 fathoms from the Garden walk of the Armoty, from whence the Guns are wont to be shot off, to that Castle: for if any thing in the passage must be dimi­nished that distance will well enough equal it, whereby the corner of the Garden is more distant, or the walk by Sequana nearer from the Castle, than Port Saint An­thony.

It is evident therefore that the Sound runs over more than 230 Fathoms in each second, to wit, 320 in every second, which make 1920 foot; which since any one can prove by his own experiments, I need not say more thereof.

But some may imagine that hence perhaps must be concluded that greater Sounds pass more swiftly, which disagrees with divers observations. But when sometimes these experiments shall be repeated, that I may number the seconds, I shall advertise, for as much as I conjecture that there is no swiftness of sound greater than that, which I have proved of 230 fathoms for a second; for in these small matters I do not ap­prove that common saying, He that acts by another, seems to act by himself; who want not opportunities may observe for their own satisfaction.

But now we shall add some thing concerning the swiftness of Bullets shot out of Guns. When therefore at the Marquesse of Doraisons four leagues from the Sexti­an waters, I commanded a Brasse Gun nine foot long, whose name was the Marchioness, commonly called la Marquise, (whose Bullet was two pounds and an ounce, but quantity of Powder, such as is wont to be in the use of lesser Guns, the weight of one pound) to be levelled horizontally, with a plum line I found that the Bullet shot off Horizonitally, in the time of five seconds had passed over 630 fathoms or 3780 foot, and had reached the horizon, or fell to the ground, as was evident by the huge quantity of dust raised by the blow.

Moreover that point of Earth which was first struck by the Bullet was depressed under the horizon of the Gun 27 fathoms, for otherwise the Range should not have been so great before its fall to the earth, which meets so much the more slow­ly by how much it is the more depressed under the Horizon of the Gun shot off, and I presume I have attributed a lesser swiftness to the Guns than is just, unless yet [Page 66] the Bullets of the greater Guns shot off with very fine powder, which we used, may exceed the swiftness of Bullets shot from Harquebuzes; of which thing I do not yet pass judgement, till experiment, shall bring some further evidence: but I shall pro­pound some things newly observed.

Now therefore of the Bullet which I made trial of, I affirm that the swiftness was so great that, at least, in each second minute it could pass over 126 fa­thoms.

I said, at least, because the observers know that the force on the Bullet doth go before the excussion or flash of the powder, and the perceiving thereof; so that half a second may well be attributed to this time. Moreover in the first second the Bullet passes more swiftly, in which time I doubt not but it passes over 150 fathoms; Lastly, if by reason of that tarrying which. happens betwen the smiting of the Earth until the dust is seen to rise, we should augment that swiftness by so many fa­thoms as it could pass over in half a minute, to wit 70, and that the swiftness be sup­posed almost equal for the time of five seconds, and in each second of that time that it passes over 140 fathoms, that is, if the point of the Earth first struck were 700 fa­thoms distant from the Gun, it would reach it in the time of five seconds. Then the swiftness of the Bullet may be determined from what hath been said, to be 130 fa­thoms, at least, in the time of a second: which also agrees with the experiments of Bullets shot from lesser Guns: to wit, they pass an hundred fathoms in the same time as the Sound of the Gun hath the same passage.

For if, behind a wall that is to be struck by the Bullet, the ear be attentive, in the same instant the sound and the percussion of the Bullet is heard, as if the very Bullet had caused that Sound; which doubtless you shall find to be true as I did if you try: although it will be worth the labour to prove it, not only with that most refined powder, which they are wont to use who shoot at a mark for a wager, but also with the courser sort of Powder for great Guns, that it may be observed whether it causes any sensible difference of the swiftness.

Whatsoever powder you use, the least swiftness of the Bullet, may be defined in the first second an hundred, the greatest 150 fathoms, if you but so much Pow­der into the Gun as is necessary for a good shot; for if you put in but a few grains which can scarce shoot the Bullet off, another thing. is to be said.

I add that a Bullet shot vertically or Perpendicularly upright from the aforesaid Gun in its ascent and descent, spends 36 seconds: which if it spend so much time in its Rise as in its fall, and that a heavy body descending in the time of 18 seconds alwayes keeps the same proportion in hastening its descent which it keeps in the four first seconds, the Vertical ascent shall be 648 fathoms, forasmuch as a Bullet of six pound Weight of that Gun, which the Illustrious Knight Hugenius caused to be shot off at the Hague upon my request, in its ascent in the time of 16 seconds passed over 512 fathoms, which falling, pierced three foot into the Earth.

But two things there are which may lessen the space of the ascent; first, that per­haps the bullet may not spend so much time in its ascent as in its descent, because Ar­rows in ascending pass over the same way in three seconds of time that in descend­ing they do in five seconds: furthermore should we imagine to shoot with the mouth of the Gun towards the Earth, the Bullet would pierce deeper into the Earth, than by its mere fall, as it happens in Arrows: whence there arises in me no small suspicion that the eyes in the ascent of the Bullet are deceived, to wit that the Bullet was even falling when it was yet esteemed to ascend: which also may be imagined of Arrows, which perhaps had began to descend when they should seem to be inverted, that the point which went before ascending should likewise descending antecede: which you may conclude of from the small blow of the Bullet descending, unless you may contend that the stroke made by the Bullet shot upright from the mouth of the Gun and falling upon the Earth very near, is greater indeed than the stroke of the same Bullet shot from the greatest height, and that not by reason of the greater swiftness, but by reason of the air so unawares intercepted and oppressed, that it may much [Page 67] better turn over or bore through the Earth, than when it is prepared for the last motion by the Bullet falling slowly.

Which indeed can be known by Rocks and Mountains 600 fathoms high, to wit, one standing on the top shall observe what time the Bullet that is shot off at the foot of the Mountain, shall spend in coming to the top or any other place of the Mountain, and a fign being given shall warn the leveller of the Gun of the time, or from it shall learn the time of the ascent and descent: from which cutting off the time of the ascent shall conclude how much shorter it shall be in the time of the descent; which also may be observed by an iron Bullet red-hot shot off in the night, whilst it can be seen light to the greatest height: how­ever it is I think fit to add the observation of that Holland Gun, which being levelly or horizontally shot off, carried a Bullet of six pounds 398 paces, before it first touched the Earth, taking a pace for three foot; after this Space it made eight leaps, and at length it ceased at 1750 paces: we have here expressed the distance between each leap, as likewise the distance of each grazing from the Gun.

 Paces.
The passage in the air was 398
The first leap392790
The second leap2751065
The third leap1791244
The fourth leap1501394
The fifth leap811475
The sixth leap731548
The seventh leap781626
The eighth leap1241750

Moreover a middle range of 45 degrees was 3225 paces, whose half if we take it for an upright or vertical shot, will be 3225 foot, or 537 ½ fathoms, for which before we counted only 512. Hence it comes to pass that we may judge that a vertical shot in the ascent doth not proceed by the same or equal and proportionable degrees of swift­ness, by which it falls in its descent, for at least there are wanting 25 fathoms, by which 512 differ from 537, although that way of him that levelled the Gun, in counting by common paces, restrained to no rule, cannot be so certain, but that the other may differ from it, so that it cannot with undoubted certainty be reduced to our defined fa­thoms.

Whoever therefore would certainly try, let him have a chain or wheel for counting of fathoms or any other determinate measures, as is done in the passage of the league of 2500 fathoms from the Bastilian Tower erected right over against Port Saint Anthony as for as the walls of the Vicennian Castle that first meet.

There remaines one thing that may diminish the upright height, to wit, that the Bullet spends more seconds in the descent than it ought, after it comes to the point of equality, after which it doth not any more augment its own swiftness: so that not only 16 seconds are to be reckoned for the descent of the Holland Bullet, but per­haps 20, and 12 are to be counted for the ascent.

For although in moderate heights of 40 or 50 fathoms, the access to the point of equality, in leaden Bullets may not be sufficiently observed, it does not thence follow that it comes not to such a point, in greater heights of an hundred or more fathoms; yea experience proveth the Contrary.

Let there be taken a Corken. Bullet which is at least 70 times lighter than a leaden one, yet both them almost in the same time make a three foot space, although per­haps the Corke attains its point of equality within 50 foot.

But whether a leaden Bullet 70 times heavier, can pass over a seventy fold space, that is, 3500 foot, before it comes to its point of equality, which little differs from the height to which Bullets arrive that are vertically shot out of Guns, although I can­not yet conclude, yet it seemes probable enough to me. Moreover the force will never be augmented after the arival at that point, if the greater force shall be ar­gued from only the greater swiftness. But note, it hath been observed by a Noble man who related it to me, that a field Gun 18 foot long, and cut shorter foot by foot, did alwaies curry its shott the further till it came to be eleven foot long, and then it be­gan not to give so great a Range.

To which may be added from the experience of some in small Guns, that if it be over charged with Powder, part of the Powder will blow out of the Gun without firing. Morever if the Bullet be not quite remmed home it will pierce the further, and the Gun recoyle the more.

Also that where the Gun is found most to furr with many shootings off with Powder, there it ought to be cut off, the remainder being the proper length requisite.

It hath been related that a ship becalmed and tormented with the Cushee Piece of a Galley, that lay in a manner out of shot, was at the last reached by the industry of a Mariner, who wrapping up a much lesser sized Bullet than the Bore of the Gun made use of required, in a good Wad did shoot as far as the Galley, thereby retaliating the Injury received.

Of the Depression of shot below the Marke.

I Have often took care that a Gun should be shot off commonly called an Har­quebuz, at the space of an hundred fathoms from the mark, that is, six hun­dred foot, which make three hundred common paces, and found that the Bullet was depressed under the mark-line eight or ten foot, which would scarce have made a greater space, if it had fallen perpendicularly down at the same moment of time it was left off.

Again at the the Marquess of Doraisons, a Bullet shot off, in the space of five seconds of time fell 27 fathoms beneath its horizontal line or marke; and whereas perchance the rising of the dust, and the perceiving of it might make us lose a second of time, and that we retain only four seconds, then in each second the Bullet should be carried 157 ½ fathoms (surely not more) yet it ought to have descended 32 fathoms, if it descends so much horizontally shot off as it would naturally fall were it not shot off, and therefore it either loses some thing of its descent by reason of its being shot off, or in running 360 fathoms, it spends not so much as four whole seconds of time, but rather about 3 ¾.

We add that something is by this means abated from the swiftness of the fall for the space of 27 fathoms which the Bullet in shooting off did descend, or fall below the marke: so that all things considered, I would not as yet start from that opinion, which holds that two heavy bodies, to wit, two Bullets, whereof one may fall perpendi­cularly from its place above the Horizon, and the other be forc­ed Of this there is a contro­versie between Borel­lius who published a Treatise de vi percus­sionis, the which was writ against by Ho­norato Fabri [...] his Dialogues of Motion. horizontaly, shall both in the same moment of time arrive at the ground or Horizon: for example, if the pit of the aforesaid Marquess be 27 fathoms deep, as indeed it is, if I rightly remem­ber, or also a little deeper, 32. a Bullet shot into the fields inclosed between the Sextian waters, will hit the horizon, the same mo­ment, [Page 69] that the like Bullet falling, shall the superiour superfice of the aforesaid point of the water.

There is another thing that I may suspect, whether or no the surveyour hath ac­curately enough measured the horizontal depression; however it be, you see with what difficulties experiments are hedged in, and how much natural knowledge is in­debted to them, who are enriching the same with exact Observations.

But note that the air that meets the bullet that is shot off does so much hinder or diminish its motion, as much as a wind of the same swiftness with the Ball, blowing con­tinually against the same in a vacuum.

For is it not the same impediment, or destruction of the same force, if the bullet beats the aire or is beaten of it? But when I said it was known by experience, that water does so much the more descend, by how much the slower it moves horizontally, and the same may seem to be concluded of other projected heavie bodies; I advertise that observations are not yet made so exact as that any thing of this nature should be too positively asserted.

Of the Impediment of the Air.

IN regard that Bullets shot from Guns do about the end of their motion utter a more vehement noise or hissing than about the middle or onwards; there is no doubt to be made but that they move more slowly, and the force decreasing as the swiftness, Mersennus concludes that the Curved range line described by a Bullets mo­tion cannot exactly describe a Parabola, but however the Theory is tolerable, admit­ing the first violence to move in the touch line of a Parobola, and it is likely the grea­ter Mountures cause the greatest difference, because, there is so much the more Air beaten and removed by the passage of the shot.

But yet it is most hard to find out, how much the Air hinders; for although it seems to hinder so much, as the wind agitating the air with the same swiftness, strikes upon the Bullet shot off; yet we are Ignorant of the force of that wind compared with the force of the Bullet shot off; unless we may appeale to our other experiments in which is shewn that the air is [...] least a thousand times lighter than water: and sccing that a leaden Bullet is eleven times heavier than water of the same bulke, a leaden Bullet will exceed the weight of the air 11000 times: and therefore the air agitated by the same swiftness of the Bullet, meeting with the bul­let, seems to take away the 1100 part of the swiftness from the Bullet shot off.

Which impediment truly is so light, that in the description of the Parabole it scarce ought to be considered.

Those things are very excellent which the famous Torricellius hath set forth in his approved Treatise, to which Mersennus referrs his Reader.

Experiments OF SHOOTING.

Wherein is explained various observations concerning Guns; And what might happen to bullets shot off in a vacuity, diverse waies compared with those which are obstructed in the Air.

WHenas I made trial about the shooting of Bullets in Guns only of an indif­ferent bigness (which we commonly call Harquebuzes) which in the ascent and descent together spend 22, 23 or 24 Seconds of time, Peter Pe [...]il a man most skilful and accurate in observations whilest he lived at Francopolis, found (at my request) the Range of a shot, out of a great gun, at the elevation of 22 degrees, whose iron Bullet weighed 33 pounds and ⅓, to be 1900 fathoms, which the Bullet flew or passed over in the space of 20, 21 or 22 seconds; the Gun being placed at 8 fathoms in the Castle above ground or Horizon; from which place a Bullet of 12 pounds which so many pounds of gun-pouder shot off at the elevation of 16 de­grees above the horizon, spent in the air 16 seconds.

Besides, a Culverine of 12 foot long and horizontally levelled being 6 fathom high above the Horizon of the ocean and shot off, the Bullet, whose diameter was almost five Inches, continued 8 seconds of time in the air; when yet another Bullet whose diame­ter was 6 Inches and 1/ [...], also horizontally shot off out of an other Gun 12 foot and ½ long, spent only 6 seconds in the air; another Gun shot off at the Elevation of 15 de­grees, its Bullet spent 24 seconds in the Air.

An Iron Culverine of 10 foot long, whose Bullet, had a diameter of almost four inches, horizontally l [...]velled, and standing 9 fathoms above the surface or brim of the Sea, spent only three seconds, in Its horizontal Range, after which grazing five times above the Ocean, spent four other seconds.

Three daies also before the taking of Theoud, Robervallus our Geometer observed, the Bullets of Guns shot off from the City against our Souldiers, for the most part to spend only 14 seconds of time in the air, after which there was a hissing increased more and more until the force and motion of the Bullet was almost quite extin­guished, and that after the shot had flew almost half a league.

Which being supposed it may be Theorically concluded, how great the shoots ought to be at whatsoever elevation above the horizon, if they be in such Proportion one to another, as shots in a Vacuity, no Medium hindring; that is, for example, if the range of 45 degrees be double the height of the Perpendicular or vertical shot in a space not hindring, so is the range of 45 in the air to the vertical in the air, and so of the rest; which observations only will teach; which yet are most difficult in the greater sort of Guns or Bows, especially the perpendicular, whose height we can scarce certainly know, unless some rock might be found high enough, to whose top, or some certain place, the Bullet or Arrow may come, the height of which top or place we may after­wards measure.

No Towers surely are high enough; and by the time of the descent or fall of the Bullet, to conclude a place may be found to which bullets, darts, or other things that are cast upright or vertically ascending, do come, doth therefore fail, because they do not observe the same rule of swiftness in descending; as is evident from darts, to which seeing it happens in their ascent or rise of 50 fathoms to be slackned in their descent or fall, something like this may be also thought to happen to Bullets, to wit, when they de­scend from the height of a thousand fathoms.

But you may avoid these difficulties: for if from that rock in the Dolphinate, whose [Page 71] height 'tis said is 600 fathoms or more, a stone or bullet of Iron or any other matter be let f [...]ll, * the time of its falling being noted, as for example, if in the space of 18 seconds it fall from the height of 648 fathoms (as Experiments of this kind the Reader will doubtless find, as also others about Pendu­lums in the Opuscula Posthuma of 1. Bap. Batiani. truly it should fall, if the spaces be in Duplicate ratio, or as the square of the times in the whole descent) then we have rightly judged before of the vertical altitude or perpendicular shot (which the Bullet of an indifferent Gun reaches) that is the height of 288 fathoms; which yet I cannot credit; otherwise the middle shot or range of 45 degrees of that Gun at least would be double to that perpendicular or vertical one, that is to say, it would be 576 fathoms, whenas I found it not 400 fathoms.

Besides these observations I shall add those which the industrious Galeus an Engineer to divers D [...]kes in whose presence he made them, writ with his own hand and gave me, which that you may more easily understand, let the greater Gun K, which we commonly call a Cannon, be parallel to the Horizon, and let the eye be taking aim by the points I and O, the horizontal shot being supposed O P, or in the figure beneath, S X, or, T V, he sayes that the remainder of the rang which bends till it touches the horizon in the point Λ, is almost equal to the horizontal shot, that is, that there is almost as much space made by the bullet from that point, from which it begins to bend towards the horizon, un til it touch it, as it had made before the bend­ing of it.

[various angles and parabolas]

But now let us suppose that horizontal shot O P, or T V, removed to the lower figure in which let A B be the horizontal plain, and let the the aforsaid horizontal shot be A I, Galeus contends that the middle range of 45 degrees, which is the longest of all, is eleven fold the length of the horizontal shot O P, or A I: And in those Guns which are half the weight of the foregoing greater Guns, to be in respect of A I, as 10 and ½ is to 1, and in lesser Guns as 10 to 1 that is our figure, as A B in re­spect of A I; in which the middle range is A G E B; for that is the middle range [Page 72] which passes through the middle of the quadrant Φ 5, which they call the sixth point, because it is the middle part of the half circumference A, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, divided into 12 equal parts; which joynd to the quadrant Φ 5, may be useful for levelling the gun at any elevation above the horizon, if it shall be divided not only into 12 parts, but also into an 180 degrees.

And hence he concludes that the dead or exact Horizontal Shot or range, that is in the figure, R Λ I to be in Proportion to the middle range as 1 to 6; or in lesser Guns, as one to five; which dead Horizontal ranges is to the range of an Elevationof one de­gree, as five to six, or more exactly as 55 to 67, or as 14 to 17.

But when the recoyling of the greater Gun is hindred, the dead Horizontal range will be greater by a seventh, eighth, ninth, or tenth part, than that range which is made with recoyling; in lesser Guns it will be a twelfth or a fifteenth part less.

Moreover he asserts that the middle range A 6 E does proceed righton without arching by the line A G, which may be almost equal to A 5, that is, almost 5 fold or 4 ½ the Hori­zontal shot: then not only that it does ascend to the point D, so that the greatest height of the middle range may be fourfold the Horizontal, and be over the line A C six­fold the same which some affirm; but he by observation saies is false against Tartaglia; affirming that the greatest altitude must be F E, answering the point 7, that is seven distances of Horizontal range from the gun A, that F E may be almost five fold the Ho­rizontal-range.

Galeus did likewise well conjecture that the Curve for the middle range does come near to the Curve of an hyperbolical or parabolical line, and that not by force of reason, but only from observations. Moreover the greatest range at forty five degrees elevation he makes 16200 foot, that is 2700 of the French fathoms; who because he used feet less than ours, you might account it for 2500 fathoms, that the said range may answer to our league, and that the bullet might pass through the air in near half a minute, or 30 seconds of time: and because the dead Horizontal range may be 1/ [...] of the utmost, it will be 2700 foot or 450 fathoms, which be­ing supposed the Horizontal range will scarce exceed 200 fathoms.

Mersennus in this place hath published a table of ranges made by the said Galeus, but it being apprehended that the same is not so near the truth as that of Torricellio, or a­nother here published in English by the antient well known Teacher of the Mathe­maticks Mr. Henry Bond; that the same may be preserved and become more common in use we have inserted the same.

Two Tables of RANGES According to Degrees of MOƲNTƲRE.

The first Table.
deg 
18758
27813
37077
46482
55991
65581
75234
84932
94669
104440
114237
124055
133889
143741
153606
163483
173370
183266
193279
203080
212996
222978
232845
242776
252712
262651
272593
282538
292486
302437
312391
322344
332300
342260
352221
362183
372146
382111
392077
402044
412012
421981
431952
442007
452041
462076
472113
482150
492189
502230
512272
522317
532363
542412
552463
562516
572572
582633
592695
602762
612832
622908
632989
643075
653168
663268
673376
683493
693621
703762
713916
724086
734276
744489
754732
765006
775303
785690
796263
806641
817274
828059
839061
8410430
8512330
8615140
8719850
8829250
8937480
9000000
Finis.
The Second Table.
deg 
11.142
21.280
31.413
41.543
51.669
61.792
71.911
82.028
92.142
102.253
112.361
122.467
132.572
142.674
152.774
162.872
172.968
183.063
193.156
203.248
213.339
223.428
233.516
243.603
253.689
263.774
273.858
283.941
294.024
304.105
314.186
324.267
334.347
344.426
354.505
364.584
374.662
384.740
394.818
404.895
414.972
425.050
435.127
444.985
454.902
464.819
474.736
484.653
494.570
504.487
514.403
524.318
534.234
544.148
553.062
563.976
573.889
583.800
593.712
603.622
613.532
623.440
633.347
643.253
653.158
663.061
672.963
682.864
692.762
702.659
712.554
722.448
732.339
742.228
752.114
761.998
771.880
781.758
791.634
801.506
811.375
821.241
831.102
840.960
850.812
860.661
870.504
880.342
890.174
900.000
Finis.

The use of the first Table, by Example.

1. Suppose a peece curry a shot 763. paces at 13. degrees of Mounture, What is the Horizontal Range? Multiply the Number against 13. degrees, which is 3889. by 763. and from the product cut off a figures towards the right hand, leaves the paces of the Ho­rizontal Range desired.

The use of the second Table, by Example.

2. Suppose a peece Curry a shot 374 paces at the Horizontal Range; How many paces shall it Curry at 16. degrees Mounture? Multiply the Number against 16. degrees, which is 2. 872 of this second Table, by 374. and from the product cut off 3. figures towards the right hand, leaves the Number of paces desired.

3. Having the paces of any degree of Mounture to find how far that shall curry a shot at a greater de­gree of Mounture. Example.

Suppose a peece Curry a shot 543 paces at 11. de­grees Mounture; How may paces shall it curry at 19. degrees Mounture? First multiply the Number against 11. in the first Table, which is 4237, by 543. and Multiply that product again by the Number found in the second Table against 19. degrees, which is 3. 156. And from the Last product cut off 7. fi­gures towards the right hand, and the remainder are the Number of paces desired.

1. By the peeces Mounture, and the paces she curries a shot at that Mounture, to know how many she curries at level Range, by the direction aforesaid.

2. Having the level Range of a peece, to find how many paces that shall curry at a Mounture given, by the directions aforesaid.

[...]

3. Having the paces that a peece Curries at one Mounture, to find how many paces it should curry at a greater Mounture, by the directions aforesaid.

[...]

The Ranges of Spouts or Squirts compared with the Ranges of Bullets shot out of Guns.

FOr as much as a Bullet spends a greater time in its fall than its rise, like darts; or the descent is not so swift, that it should always hasten in that degree where­by in three or four seconds, we have found its swiftness to be increased, which I suppose to be confirmed from this reason, because a bullet descending cannot have so great a power to smite, as it hath ascending, so that approaching the Earth it is not so swiftly moved, as when it comes from the mouth of the Gun, for when the swiftness of any thing projected is equall, it equally strikes.

Therefore I account Spouts useful, seeing they bring us to the knowledg of shooting, of which otherwise we could not judge, by reason of the difficulty of trial which is most easily discerned in tubes: for because any one may compare in a little time what ever shot he pleases with another, to wit, a middle Range Former Figure. with a vertical, or Perpendicular one as to time and height, that this may be the better understood, in the following figure let the Cock be A above the Horizon A B, and let the altitude of the tube be A 12, whose vertical Squirt is A Φ, Experience teacheth us that the length of the middle Squirt A B, is double to the Ver­tical A Φ.

But to what height the middle Squirt ranges, whether to D or E, which also you may understand of Bullets shot from Guns, there is none hitherto hath observed: but it is one half of the vertical Φ A, wherefore the point D or E is higher than it ought to be, and whatever is said by the ingenious, may be corrected by spouts.

There are other things also that want inquiry into; for example, how it can come to pass, that a bullet shot out of the mouth of a Gun from O to P comes right on, when in that time it flying along the line O P a hundred fathoms ought to fall to­wards the center of the Earth 12 foot, if the horizontal motion of a thing violently projected hinders not its natural motion, as many imagine in a vacuity or place that does not impede.

For although that can partly be explained by the diversity of the lines, which is sound in Guns, to wit the line R X Y, which follows the outside of the Gun, and that which they call Linea animae S Z, which passes thorough the axis of the hollow M N to the aforesaid side, is in no wise parallel: because, to wit, the bullet K or H levelling at L may ascend to the side line I L, or the point S passing to Z may ascend to the point X of the side line R Y: yet another thing is to be added, when what is afore­said is not true, when the eye of the shooter takes not aim by the line I L or R X but by the line M N or S X: for then the bullet K does not descend so much, as it would if it were left to it self in the air.

Add, that the water out of the Cock fitted to the Horizontal Squirt doth not de­scend so much, as it would if left to it self; for it is manifest by Experience, that the Horizontal Squirt of 30 foot, which continues two seconds, descends not so much as eight foot, when according to the law of bodies of equal weight, it should be [...], or at least by reason of the resistance of the air breaking the water it ought to descord 30 foot.

FINIS.

This keyboarded and encoded edition of the work described above is co-owned by the institutions providing financial support to the Text Creation Partnership. Searching, reading, printing, or downloading EEBO-TCP texts is reserved for the authorized users of these project partner institutions. Permission must be granted for subsequent distribution, in print or electronically, of this EEBO-TCP Phase II text, in whole or in part.